State of Illinois
90th General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ Legislation ]   [ Bill Summary ]
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]


[ Introduced ][ Engrossed ][ House Amendment 001 ]
[ Senate Amendment 001 ][ Senate Amendment 003 ]

90_HB0452enr

      New Act
          Creates An Act to create a  fair  and  equitable  funding
      formula  for  schools.   Supplies only the Short Title of the
      Act.
                                                     LRB9002549THcd
HB0452 Enrolled                                LRB9002549THcd
 1        AN ACT relating to education, amending named Acts.
 2        Be it enacted by the People of  the  State  of  Illinois,
 3    represented in the General Assembly:
 4                              ARTICLE 5
 5        Section  5-1.  Short title.  This Article may be cited as
 6    the School Construction Law.
 7        Section 5-5. Definitions.  As used in this Article:
 8        "Approved school construction bonds" mean bonds that were
 9    approved by referendum after January 1,  1996  but  prior  to
10    January  1, 1998 as provided in Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of
11    the  School  Code  to  provide  funds  for  the  acquisition,
12    development,  construction,  reconstruction,  rehabilitation,
13    improvement,  architectural  planning,  and  installation  of
14    capital  facilities  consisting  of  buildings,   structures,
15    durable-equipment, and land for educational purposes.
16        "Grant  index"  means  a  figure for each school district
17    equal to one minus the  ratio  of  the  district's  equalized
18    assessed  valuation  per pupil in average daily attendance to
19    the equalized assessed valuation per pupil in  average  daily
20    attendance of the district located at the 90th percentile for
21    all  districts of the same type.  The grant index shall be no
22    less than 0.35 and no greater than 0.75  for  each  district;
23    provided  that  the grant index for districts whose equalized
24    assessed valuation per pupil in average daily  attendance  is
25    at  the  99th  percentile  and above for all districts of the
26    same type shall be 0.00.
27        "School  construction  project"  means  the  acquisition,
28    development,  construction,  reconstruction,  rehabilitation,
29    improvement,  architectural  planning,  and  installation  of
30    capital  facilities  consisting  of  buildings,   structures,
HB0452 Enrolled             -2-                LRB9002549THcd
 1    durable equipment, and land for educational purposes.
 2        Section  5-10.   Grant  awards.   The Capital Development
 3    Board is authorized to make grants to  school  districts  for
 4    school  construction  projects with funds appropriated by the
 5    General    Assembly  from  the  School  Infrastructure   Fund
 6    pursuant  to  the provisions of this Article. The State Board
 7    of Education is authorized to make grants to school districts
 8    for debt service  with  funds  appropriated  by  the  General
 9    Assembly  from the School Infrastructure Fund pursuant to the
10    provisions of this Article.
11        Section 5-15. Grant entitlements.   The  State  Board  of
12    Education  is  authorized  to  issue  grant  entitlements for
13    school construction  projects  and  debt  service  and  shall
14    determine  the priority order for school construction project
15    grants to be made by the Capital Development Board.
16        Section 5-20.   Grant  application;  district  facilities
17    plan.   School  districts  shall  apply to the State Board of
18    Education for school construction  project  grants  and  debt
19    service  grants.   Districts  filing grant applications shall
20    submit to the State Board a  district  facilities  plan  that
21    shall  include,    but  not  be  limited to, an assessment of
22    present and future district facility  needs  as  required  by
23    present   and   anticipated   educational   programming,  the
24    availability of local financial resources  including  current
25    revenues,  fund  balances,  and  unused  bonding  capacity, a
26    fiscal plan for meeting present and anticipated debt  service
27    obligations, and a maintenance plan and schedule that contain
28    necessary   assurances  that  new,  renovated,  and  existing
29    facilities are being or will be  properly  maintained.    The
30    State  Board  of  Education shall review and approve district
31    facilities plans prior to issuing grant  entitlements.   Each
HB0452 Enrolled             -3-                LRB9002549THcd
 1    district  that  receives  a  grant entitlement shall annually
 2    update its district facilities plan and  submit  the  revised
 3    plan to the State Board for approval.
 4        Section 5-25.  Eligibility and project standards.
 5        (a)  The   State   Board  of  Education  shall  establish
 6    eligibility standards for school construction project  grants
 7    and  debt  service  grants.   These  standards  shall include
 8    minimum enrollment requirements for  eligibility  for  school
 9    construction  project  grants  of 200 students for elementary
10    districts, 200 students for high school  districts,  and  400
11    students  for  unit  districts.  The State Board of Education
12    shall  approve  a  district's  eligibility   for   a   school
13    construction  project  grant or a debt service grant pursuant
14    to the established standards.
15        (b)  The  Capital  Development  Board   shall   establish
16    project  standards for all school construction project grants
17    provided pursuant to this  Article.   These  standards  shall
18    include   space   and  capacity  standards  as  well  as  the
19    determination of  recognized  project  costs  that  shall  be
20    eligible  for State financial assistance and enrichment costs
21    that shall not be eligible for State financial assistance.
22        Section 5-30. Priority of school  construction  projects.
23    The  State Board of Education shall develop standards for the
24    determination   of   priority   needs    concerning    school
25    construction projects based upon approved district facilities
26    plans.  Such standards shall call for prioritization based on
27    the degree of need and project type in the following order:
28        (1)  Replacement  or  reconstruction  of school buildings
29    destroyed or damaged by flood, tornado, fire, earthquake,  or
30    other disasters, either man-made or produced by nature;
31        (2)  Projects   designed   to  alleviate  a  shortage  of
32    classrooms due to  population  growth  or  to  replace  aging
HB0452 Enrolled             -4-                LRB9002549THcd
 1    school buildings;
 2        (3)  Projects resulting from interdistrict reorganization
 3    of school districts contingent on local referenda;
 4        (4)  Replacement  or reconstruction of school  facilities
 5    determined to be severe and continuing health or life  safety
 6    hazards;
 7        (5)  Alterations  necessary  to provide accessibility for
 8    qualified individuals with disabilities; and
 9        (6)  Other unique solutions to facility needs.
10        Section   5-35.   School   construction   project   grant
11    amounts-Prohibited use.
12        (a)  The product of the district's grant  index  and  the
13    recognized   project  cost,  as  determined  by  the  Capital
14    Development  Board,  for  an  approved  school   construction
15    project  shall  equal  the  amount  of  the grant the Capital
16    Development Board shall provide  to  the  eligible  district.
17    The  grant index shall not be used in cases where the General
18    Assembly and the Governor approve  appropriations  designated
19    for  specifically  identified  school  district  construction
20    projects.
21        (b)  In  each  fiscal  year  in which school construction
22    project grants are awarded, 20% of the total  amount  awarded
23    statewide  shall  be  awarded  to  a  school  district with a
24    population exceeding 500,000, provided such district complies
25    with the provisions of this Article.
26        (c)  No portion of a school  construction  project  grant
27    awarded  by  the Capital Development Board shall be used by a
28    school district for any on-going operational costs.
29        Section  5-40.   Supervision   of   school   construction
30    projects.   The  Capital  Development  Board  shall  exercise
31    general   supervision   over   school  construction  projects
32    financed pursuant to this Article.
HB0452 Enrolled             -5-                LRB9002549THcd
 1        Section 5-45.  Debt  service  grants.   School  districts
 2    that  have issued approved school construction bonds shall be
 3    eligible to  apply  for  debt  service  grants.   The  amount
 4    awarded  to  eligible districts for debt service grants shall
 5    be equal to 10% of the principal amount  of  approved  school
 6    construction  bonds  issued  by  the district times the grant
 7    index for the district.  Debt service grants  shall  only  be
 8    used  by  school  districts  to: retire principal of approved
 9    school construction bonds, restructure the  debt  service  on
10    such  bonds,  or  abate  the  property  taxes  levied for the
11    district's bond and interest fund by an amount  identical  to
12    the amount of the debt service grant.  No debt service grants
13    shall  be  awarded by the State Board of Education after June
14    30, 1999.
15        Section 5-50. Referendum requirements.  After  the  State
16    Board  of  Education has approved all or part of a district's
17    application and issued  a  grant  entitlement  for  a  school
18    construction  project  grant,  the  district shall submit the
19    project or the financing of the project to a referendum  when
20    such referendum is required by law.
21        Section 5-55. Rules.
22        (a)  The  Capital Development Board shall promulgate such
23    rules  as  it  deems   necessary   for   carrying   out   its
24    responsibilities under the provisions of this Article.
25        (b)  The  State  Board of Education shall promulgate such
26    rules  as  it  deems   necessary   for   carrying   out   its
27    responsibilities under the provisions of this Article.
28        (20 ILCS 3105/Art. 1A rep.)
29        Section  5-900.   The  Capital  Development  Board Act is
30    amended by repealing Article 1A.
HB0452 Enrolled             -6-                LRB9002549THcd
 1        Section 5-905.  The  State  Finance  Act  is  amended  by
 2    adding Sections 5.500, 5.505, and 6z-45 as follows:
 3        (30 ILCS 105/5.500 new)
 4        Sec. 5.500. The School Infrastructure Fund.
 5        (30 ILCS 105/5.505 new)
 6        Sec. 5.505. The School Technology Revolving Loan Fund.
 7        (30 ILCS 105/6z-45 new)
 8        Sec.  6z-45.  The School Infrastructure Fund.  The School
 9    Infrastructure Fund is created as a special fund in the State
10    Treasury.  Subject to  appropriation,  money  in  the  School
11    Infrastructure  Fund shall, if and when the State of Illinois
12    incurs any bonded indebtedness for the construction of school
13    improvements under the School Construction Act, be set  aside
14    and  used  for the purpose of paying and discharging annually
15    the principal and interest on that bonded  indebtedness  then
16    due  and  payable, and for no other purpose.  The surplus, if
17    any, in the School Infrastructure Fund after the  payment  of
18    principal  and  interest  on  that  bonded  indebtedness then
19    annually due shall, subject  to  appropriation,  be  used  as
20    follows:
21        First--to  make  3  payments  to  the  School  Technology
22    Revolving Loan Fund as follows:
23        Transfer of $30,000,000 in fiscal year 1999;
24        Transfer of $20,000,000 in fiscal year 2000; and
25        Transfer of $10,000,000 in fiscal year 2001.
26        Second--to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  State  Board  of
27    Education  and the Capital Development Board in administering
28    programs  under  the  School  Construction  Act,  the   total
29    expenses not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.
30        Third--to  pay  any  amounts  due  for  grants for school
31    construction projects  and  debt  service  under  the  School
HB0452 Enrolled             -7-                LRB9002549THcd
 1    Construction Act.
 2        Section  5-910.   The Illinois Pension Code is amended by
 3    changing Sections 17-108, 17-127, and 17-129 as follows:
 4        (40 ILCS 5/17-108) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-108)
 5        Sec. 17-108. Fiscal year and school year.
 6        "Fiscal year" and "school year": Beginning July 1,  1999,
 7    the  period beginning on the 1st day of July September of one
 8    calendar year and ending on the 30th 31st day of June  August
 9    of  the  next calendar year. Each fiscal year and each school
10    year shall be designated for convenience with the same number
11    as the calendar year in which that fiscal year or school year
12    ends. The fiscal year which begins September  1,  1998  shall
13    end June 30, 1999.
14    (Source: P.A. 83-792.)
15        (40 ILCS 5/17-127) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-127)
16        Sec. 17-127. Financing; revenues for the Fund.
17        (a)  The  revenues  for  the  Fund  shall consist of: (1)
18    amounts paid into the Fund by contributors thereto  and  from
19    employer  contributions  taxes  and  State  appropriations in
20    accordance with this Article; (2) amounts contributed to  the
21    Fund  pursuant  to  any  law  now in force or hereafter to be
22    enacted; (3) contributions from any other source; and (4) the
23    earnings on investments.
24        (b)  The General Assembly finds that for many  years  the
25    State  has  contributed  to the Fund an annual amount that is
26    between 20% and  30%  of  the  amount  of  the  annual  State
27    contribution  to  the  Article  16 retirement system, and the
28    General Assembly declares that it is its goal  and  intention
29    to  continue  this  level  of contribution to the Fund in the
30    future.
31    (Source: P.A. 88-593, eff. 8-22-94.)
HB0452 Enrolled             -8-                LRB9002549THcd
 1        (40 ILCS 5/17-129) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-129)
 2        Sec. 17-129. Employer contributions; deficiency in Fund.
 3        (a)  If in any fiscal year  of  the  board  of  education
 4    ending  prior to 1997 the total amounts paid to the Fund from
 5    the board of education (other than under this subsection, and
 6    other  than  amounts  used  for  making   or   "picking   up"
 7    contributions  on  behalf  of teachers) and from the State do
 8    not equal the total contributions made by or on behalf of the
 9    teachers for such year, or if the total income of the Fund in
10    any such fiscal year of  the  board  of  education  from  all
11    sources  is less than the total such expenditures by the Fund
12    for such year, the Board of  Education  shall,  in  the  next
13    succeeding year, in addition to any other payment to the Fund
14    set  apart  and appropriate from moneys from its tax levy for
15    educational  purposes,  a  sum  sufficient  to  remove   such
16    deficiency  or  deficiencies,  and promptly pay such sum into
17    the Fund in order to restore any of the reserves of the  Fund
18    that  may  have  been  so  temporarily  applied.  Any amounts
19    received by  the  Fund  after  the  effective  date  of  this
20    amendatory  Act  of 1997 from State appropriations, including
21    under Section 17-127, shall be a  credit  against  and  shall
22    fully  satisfy  any  obligation  that  may have arisen, or be
23    claimed to have arisen, under this subsection (a) as a result
24    of any deficiency or deficiencies in the fiscal year  of  the
25    board of education ending in calendar year 1997.
26        (b)  (i)  For fiscal years 2011 through 2045, the minimum
27    contribution to the Fund to be made by the board of education
28    in each fiscal year shall be an amount determined by the Fund
29    to  be sufficient to bring the total assets of the Fund up to
30    90% of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund by the end
31    of fiscal year 2045.  In  making  these  determinations,  the
32    required  board of education contribution shall be calculated
33    each year as a level percentage of  payroll  over  the  years
34    remaining  to  and  including  fiscal  year 2045 and shall be
HB0452 Enrolled             -9-                LRB9002549THcd
 1    determined under the projected  unit  credit  actuarial  cost
 2    method.
 3        (ii)  For  fiscal  years  1999 through 2010, the board of
 4    education's contribution to the Fund, as a percentage of  the
 5    applicable  employee  payroll,  shall  be  increased in equal
 6    annual increments so that by fiscal year 2011, the  board  of
 7    education  is  contributing  at  the rate required under this
 8    subsection.
 9        (iii)  Beginning in fiscal year 2046, the  minimum  board
10    of  education  contribution for each fiscal year shall be the
11    amount needed to maintain the total assets of the Fund at 90%
12    of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund.
13        (iv)  Notwithstanding the provisions of  paragraphs  (i),
14    (ii),  and  (iii) of this subsection (b), for any fiscal year
15    the contribution to the Fund  from  the  board  of  education
16    shall  not  be  required  to  be  in  excess  of  the  amount
17    calculated  as  needed  to  maintain the assets (or cause the
18    assets to be) at the 90% level by the end of the fiscal year.
19        (v)  Any contribution by the State to or for the  benefit
20    of  the  Fund,  including, without limitation, as referred to
21    under  Section  17-127,  shall  be  a  credit   against   any
22    contribution  required  to  be made by the board of education
23    under this subsection (b).
24        (c)  The Board of Trustees shall determine the amount  of
25    board  of  education  contributions  required for each fiscal
26    year  on  the  basis  of  the  actuarial  tables  and   other
27    assumptions  adopted  by the Board and the recommendations of
28    the actuary,  in  order  to  meet  the  minimum  contribution
29    requirements  of  subsections  (a)  and (b).  Annually, on or
30    before November 15, the Board shall certify to the  board  of
31    education  the  amount  of  the  required  board of education
32    contribution for the coming fiscal year.   The  certification
33    shall  include  a  copy of the actuarial recommendations upon
34    which it is based.
HB0452 Enrolled             -10-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
 2        Section 5-915.  The School Code is  amended  by  changing
 3    Sections  1A-2,  1A-4,  1B-8,  1C-2,  2-3.51, 2-3.51.5, 7-11,
 4    10-20.9a,  10-22.6,  10-22.20,  10-22.23,  10-23.5,  10-23.8,
 5    10-23.8a, 18-4.3, 18-7, 18-8, 18-8.2,  21-1a,  21-2,  21-2.1,
 6    21-2a,  21-3,  21-4,  21-5,  21-5a,  21-10, 21-11.1, 21-11.3,
 7    21-11.4, 21-14, 24-11, 24A-5,  27A-2,  27A-7,  27A-8,  27A-9,
 8    27A-11,   34-8.4,   34-18,  and  34-84  and  adding  Sections
 9    2-3.117a,  2-3.124,  10-20.30,  10-22.34c,  17-1.5,  18-8.05,
10    21-0.01, 21-5c, 21-5d, and 34-18.17 as follows:
11        (105 ILCS 5/1A-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-2)
12        Sec. 1A-2.  Qualifications.  The  members  of  the  State
13    Board of Education shall be citizens of the United States and
14    residents  of  the State of Illinois and shall be selected as
15    far as may be practicable on the basis of their knowledge of,
16    or interest and experience in, problems of public  education.
17    No  member of the State Board of Education shall be gainfully
18    employed  or  administratively  connected  with  any   school
19    system,  nor  have  any  interest  in  or  benefit from funds
20    provided by the State Board of Education to an or institution
21    of higher learning, public or private, within  Illinois,  nor
22    shall  they  be  members of a school board or board of school
23    trustees of a public or nonpublic school, college, university
24    or technical institution within Illinois.   No  member  shall
25    be appointed to more than 2 six year terms.  Members shall be
26    reimbursed  for  all ordinary and necessary expenses incurred
27    in performing their duties as members of the Board.  Expenses
28    shall be approved by the Board and  be  consistent  with  the
29    laws,  policies,  and  requirements  of the State of Illinois
30    regarding such expenditures, plus any member may  include  in
31    his claim for expenses $50 per day for meeting days.
32    (Source: P.A. 80-1513.)
HB0452 Enrolled             -11-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        (105 ILCS 5/1A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4)
 2        Sec. 1A-4.  Powers and duties of the Board.
 3        A.  Upon the appointment of new Board members as provided
 4    in   subsection  (b)  of  Section  1A-1  and  every  2  years
 5    thereafter, the chairperson of the Board shall be selected by
 6    the Governor, with the advice and consent of the Senate, from
 7    the membership of the Board to serve  as  chairperson  for  2
 8    years.
 9        B.  The  Board  shall determine the qualifications of and
10    appoint a chief education officer to be known  as  the  State
11    Superintendent  of  Education who shall serve at the pleasure
12    of the Board and pursuant  to  a  performance-based  contract
13    linked   to   statewide   student  performance  and  academic
14    improvement  within  Illinois   schools.   except   that   No
15    performance-based  contract  issued for the employment of the
16    State Superintendent of Education shall be for a term  longer
17    than  3  years  and  no contract shall be extended or renewed
18    prior to its scheduled expiration unless the performance  and
19    improvement  goals  contained  in the contract have been met.
20    The State Superintendent of Education shall not  serve  as  a
21    member  of the State Board of Education.  The Board shall set
22    the compensation of the State Superintendent of Education who
23    shall serve as the Board's chief executive officer. The Board
24    shall also establish the duties, powers and  responsibilities
25    of  the  State Superintendent, which shall be included in the
26    State Superintendent's performance-based contract along  with
27    the  goals and indicators of student performance and academic
28    improvement used to measure the performance and effectiveness
29    of the State Superintendent such officer. The State Board  of
30    Education   may  delegate  to  the  State  Superintendent  of
31    Education  the  authority  to  act  on  the  Board's  behalf,
32    provided such delegation is made pursuant  to  adopted  board
33    policy  or  the  powers  delegated are ministerial in nature.
34    The State Board may not delegate authority under this Section
HB0452 Enrolled             -12-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to  the  State  Superintendent  to  (1)  nonrecognize  school
 2    districts, (2) withhold State payments as a penalty,  or  (3)
 3    make  final  decisions under the contested case provisions of
 4    the Illinois Administrative Procedure  Act  unless  otherwise
 5    provided by law.
 6        C.  The powers and duties of the State Board of Education
 7    shall  encompass  all  duties  delegated  to  the  Office  of
 8    Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  on January 12, 1975,
 9    except as the law providing for such  powers  and  duties  is
10    thereafter  amended,  and such other powers and duties as the
11    General  Assembly  shall  designate.   The  Board  shall   be
12    responsible  for  the educational policies and guidelines for
13    public schools, pre-school through grade  12  and  Vocational
14    Education  in the State of Illinois.  The Board shall analyze
15    the present and  future  aims,  needs,  and  requirements  of
16    education  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and recommend to the
17    General Assembly the powers which should be exercised by  the
18    Board.   The  Board  shall  recommend  the  passage  and  the
19    legislation    necessary   to   determine   the   appropriate
20    relationship between the Board and local boards of  education
21    and  the various State agencies and shall recommend desirable
22    modifications in the laws which affect schools.
23        D.  Two members of the Board shall be  appointed  by  the
24    chairperson to serve on a standing joint Education Committee,
25    2  others  shall  be  appointed  from  the  Board  of  Higher
26    Education,  2 others shall be appointed by the chairperson of
27    the Illinois Community College Board, and 2 others  shall  be
28    appointed  by the chairperson of the Human Resource Resources
29    Investment Council.  The Committee shall be  responsible  for
30    making  recommendations  concerning  the  submission  of  any
31    workforce  development  plan  or  workforce  training program
32    required by federal law or under any block  grant  authority.
33    The  Committee  will  be responsible for developing policy on
34    matters of mutual concern to elementary, secondary and higher
HB0452 Enrolled             -13-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    education such as Occupational and Career Education,  Teacher
 2    Preparation    and    Certification,   Educational   Finance,
 3    Articulation  between  Elementary,   Secondary   and   Higher
 4    Education  and  Research  and  Planning.  The joint Education
 5    Committee shall  meet at least quarterly and submit an annual
 6    report of its findings, conclusions, and  recommendations  to
 7    the  State Board of Education, the Board of Higher Education,
 8    the Illinois Community  College  Board,  the  Human  Resource
 9    Resources  Investment  Council, the Governor, and the General
10    Assembly. All meetings of this Committee  shall  be  official
11    meetings for reimbursement under this Act.
12        E.  Five  members of the Board shall constitute a quorum.
13    A majority vote  of  the  members  appointed,  confirmed  and
14    serving on the Board is required to approve any action.
15        The  Board  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  the  General
16    Assembly  and  the Governor on or before January 14, 1976 and
17    annually thereafter a report or reports of its  findings  and
18    recommendations.  Such annual report shall contain a separate
19    section which provides a critique and analysis of the  status
20    of  education  in  Illinois and which identifies its specific
21    problems and recommends express  solutions  therefor.    Such
22    annual  report  also  shall contain the following information
23    for the preceding  year  ending  on  June  30:  each  act  or
24    omission  of  a  school  district of which the State Board of
25    Education  has  knowledge  as  a  consequence  of  scheduled,
26    approved visits  and  which  constituted  a  failure  by  the
27    district  to  comply with applicable State or federal laws or
28    regulations relating to public education, the  name  of  such
29    district,  the  date  or  dates  on  which the State Board of
30    Education  notified  the  school  district  of  such  act  or
31    omission, and what action, if any, the school  district  took
32    with  respect  thereto  after  being  notified thereof by the
33    State Board of Education. The report shall also  include  the
34    statewide  high  school  dropout rate by grade level, sex and
HB0452 Enrolled             -14-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    race and the annual student dropout rate of and the number of
 2    students who graduate from, transfer from or otherwise  leave
 3    bilingual  programs.   The  Auditor  General  shall  annually
 4    perform  a compliance audit of the State Board of Education's
 5    performance of the reporting duty imposed by this  amendatory
 6    Act  of  1986.  A  regular system of communication with other
 7    directly related State agencies shall be implemented.
 8        The requirement for reporting  to  the  General  Assembly
 9    shall  be  satisfied  by filing copies of the report with the
10    Speaker, the Minority Leader and the Clerk of  the  House  of
11    Representatives  and  the  President, the Minority Leader and
12    the Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative  Council,  as
13    required  by  Section  3.1  of  "An  Act to revise the law in
14    relation to the General Assembly Organization Act",  approved
15    February  25,  1874,  as  amended, and filing such additional
16    copies with the State Government Report  Distribution  Center
17    for  the  General Assembly as is required under paragraph (t)
18    of Section 7 of the State Library Act.
19    (Source: P.A. 89-430, eff.  12-15-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;
20    89-698, eff. 1-14-97; revised 3-31-97.)
21        (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
22        Sec.  1B-8.   There  is  created  in the State Treasury a
23    special fund to be known as  the  School  District  Emergency
24    Financial  Assistance Fund (the "Fund").  The School District
25    Emergency  Financial  Assistance  Fund   shall   consist   of
26    appropriations,   grants  from  the  federal  government  and
27    donations from any public or private source.  Moneys  in  the
28    Fund  may  be  appropriated  only  to the State Board for the
29    purposes of this Article.  The appropriation may be allocated
30    and expended by the State Board as loans to school  districts
31    which  are  the subject of an approved petition for emergency
32    financial assistance under Section  1B-4.   From  the  amount
33    allocated  to each such school district the State Board shall
HB0452 Enrolled             -15-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    identify a sum sufficient to cover all approved costs of  the
 2    Financial  Oversight  Panel  established  for  the respective
 3    school district.  If the State Board and State Superintendent
 4    of Education have not approved emergency financial assistance
 5    in conjunction with the appointment of a Financial  Oversight
 6    Panel,   the  Panel's  approved  costs  shall  be  paid  from
 7    deductions from the district's general State aid.
 8        The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and  file  with
 9    the  State  Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
10    assistance for the school district  and  for  the  operations
11    budget  of the Panel.  No expenditures shall be authorized by
12    the State Superintendent until he has approved  the  proposal
13    of  the  Panel,  either as submitted or in such lesser amount
14    determined by the State Superintendent.
15        The maximum  amount  of  emergency  financial  assistance
16    which  may  be  allocated  to  any school district under this
17    Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
18    Panel, shall not exceed $1000  times  the  number  of  pupils
19    enrolled in the school district during the school year ending
20    June  30  prior to the date of approval by the State Board of
21    the petition for emergency financial assistance, as certified
22    to the local board and the Panel by the State Superintendent.
23        The payment of emergency State financial assistance shall
24    be  subject  to  appropriation  by  the   General   Assembly.
25    Emergency  State financial assistance allocated and paid to a
26    school district under this Article may be applied to any fund
27    or funds from which the local  board  of  education  of  that
28    district is authorized to make expenditures by law.
29        Any   emergency  financial  assistance  proposed  by  the
30    Financial  Oversight  Panel  and  approved   by   the   State
31    Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
32    year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or declining
33    amounts  over  a  period of years not to exceed the period of
34    the Panel's existence.  All payments  made  from  the  School
HB0452 Enrolled             -16-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    District  Emergency  Financial  Assistance  Fund for a school
 2    district shall be required to be repaid, with simple interest
 3    at the rate of 4%, not later  than  the  date  the  Financial
 4    Oversight  Panel  ceases  to exist. The Panel shall establish
 5    and the State Superintendent  shall  approve  the  terms  and
 6    conditions,  including  the  schedule,  of  repayments.   The
 7    schedule  shall  provide  for repayments commencing July 1 of
 8    each year. Repayment shall be incorporated  into  the  annual
 9    budget  of  the school district and may be made from any fund
10    or funds of the district in which there are moneys available.
11    When moneys are repaid as provided herein they shall  not  be
12    made  available  to  the  local  board  for  further  use  as
13    emergency financial assistance under this Article at any time
14    thereafter.   All  repayments required to be made by a school
15    district shall be received by the State Board  and  deposited
16    in the School District Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
17        In   establishing   the  terms  and  conditions  for  the
18    repayment obligation of the school district the  Panel  shall
19    annually determine whether a separate local property tax levy
20    is  required.   The  board  of any school district with a tax
21    rate for educational purposes for the prior year of less than
22    120% of the maximum rate for educational purposes  authorized
23    by  Section  17-2  shall  provide for a separate tax levy for
24    emergency financial assistance repayment purposes.  Such  tax
25    levy shall not be subject to referendum approval.  The amount
26    of  the  levy  shall be equal to the amount necessary to meet
27    the  annual  repayment  obligations  of   the   district   as
28    established  by  the  Panel,  or 20% of the amount levied for
29    educational purposes for the prior year, whichever  is  less.
30    However, no district shall be required to levy the tax if the
31    district's   operating   tax   rate   as   determined   under
32    subparagraph  (A)(5)(b)  of  Section  18-8 or 18-8.05 exceeds
33    200% of the district's tax rate for educational purposes  for
34    the prior year.
HB0452 Enrolled             -17-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
 2        (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
 3        Sec. 1C-2.  Block grants.
 4        (a)  For   fiscal   year   1999,  and  each  fiscal  year
 5    thereafter, the State  Board  of  Education  shall  award  to
 6    school districts block grants as described in subsections (b)
 7    and  (c).  The  State  Board of Education may adopt rules and
 8    regulations necessary to implement this Section.
 9        (b)  A Professional  Development  Block  Grant  shall  be
10    created  by  combining  the existing School Improvement Block
11    Grant  and  the  REI  Initiative.  These   funds   shall   be
12    distributed  to  school  districts  based  on  the  number of
13    full-time  certified  instructional  staff  employed  in  the
14    district.
15        (c)  An Early Childhood Education Block  Grant  shall  be
16    created   by  combining  the  following  programs:  Preschool
17    Education,  Parental  Training  and  Prevention   Initiative.
18    These  funds  shall  be  distributed  to school districts and
19    other entities on a competitive basis.  Eight percent of this
20    grant shall be used to fund programs for children  ages  0-3.
21    From  appropriations made for block grant purposes, the State
22    Board of Education is authorized to award funds  to  eligible
23    recipients upon application.  Semiannual installment payments
24    shall  be  made  and  semiannual expenditure reports shall be
25    required.
26    (Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-397, eff. 8-20-95.)
27        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.51)
28        Sec. 2-3.51.  Reading Improvement  Block  Grant  Program.
29    To  improve  the  reading  and  study skills of children from
30    kindergarten through sixth grade in  school  districts.   The
31    State  Board  of  Education,  hereinafter referred to as "the
32    Board", is authorized to administer a fund a School  District
HB0452 Enrolled             -18-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program.  As used in this
 2    Section,  "school  district"  shall  include  those   schools
 3    designated as "laboratory schools".
 4        (a)  The   program  shall  provide  reading  specialists,
 5    teacher aides and other  personnel  to  improve  reading  and
 6    study  skills  of children in public schools.  As part of the
 7    program, the Board shall also make available funds for  books
 8    and  other  printed  materials  which improve the reading and
 9    study  skills  of  the  children.   Funds  for  the   Reading
10    Improvement  Block  Grant  Program  shall  be  distributed to
11    school districts on the following basis:  70% of monies shall
12    be awarded on the prior year's best 3  months  average  daily
13    attendance  and  30%  shall  be  distributed on the number of
14    economically disadvantaged (E.C.I.A. Chapter I) pupils in the
15    district, provided that the State  Board  may  distribute  an
16    amount  not  to  exceed 2% of the monies appropriated for the
17    Reading Improvement Block Grant Program for  the  purpose  of
18    providing teacher training and re-training in the teaching of
19    reading.   Program  funds  shall  be  distributed  to  school
20    districts in 2 semi-annual installments, one  payment  on  or
21    before October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each
22    year.  The State Board shall promulgate rules and regulations
23    necessary for the implementation of this program.
24        (a-5)  Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program  funds
25    shall be used by school districts in the following manner:
26             (1)  to reduce class  size  in  grades  kindergarten
27        through  3  for the purpose of providing more intensified
28        reading instruction;
29             (2)  to extend  the  time  devoted  in  kindergarten
30        through  third  grade to intensified reading instruction,
31        including phonic instruction, either by  lengthening  the
32        school day or lengthening the school year;
33             (3)  to  create  transitional  grades  for  students
34        needing  intensified  reading  instruction either between
HB0452 Enrolled             -19-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        the first and second grades or  between  the  second  and
 2        third  grades  in  accordance  with the authority granted
 3        school districts in Section 10-21.2 of this Code;
 4             (4)  to  continue  direct  reading  instruction  for
 5        grades 4 through 6;
 6             (5)  to establish reading academies in schools  that
 7        focus  on  the  mechanics  of reading, the application of
 8        reading skills, and the reading of  rich  literature  and
 9        that  reflect a commitment of time and resources to these
10        functions;
11             (6)  to conduct intense  vocabulary,  spelling,  and
12        related  writing  enrichment programs that promote better
13        understanding of language and words;
14             (7)  to  increase  the   availability   of   reading
15        specialists and teacher aides for reading; and
16             (8)  to  train  and retrain teachers of kindergarten
17        through third grade to be proficient in the  teaching  of
18        reading, including phonic instruction.
19        (a-10)  Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program funds
20    shall be made available  to  each  eligible  school  district
21    submitting  a  one-page  application  developed  by the State
22    Board beginning with the 1998-99 school  year.   Applications
23    shall  include existing Illinois Goals and Assessment Program
24    (IGAP) reading scores and the planned use for the funds.   At
25    the  end of each school year the school district shall report
26    new  IGAP  results  on  the  same  form.   Each  application,
27    beginning with the 1998-99 school year, shall be for a 2-year
28    grant based on initial  year  qualification.   Districts  not
29    demonstrating performance progress using  IGAP reading scores
30    as  the  basis  of  measure  based  on  metrics  of  progress
31    established  by  the  State  Board  shall not be eligible for
32    funding in the third or  subsequent  years  thereafter  until
33    such  progress is established.
34        (a-15)  The   State   Superintendent   of  Education,  in
HB0452 Enrolled             -20-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    cooperation with the school districts  participating  in  the
 2    program,  shall  annually  report  to  the  leadership of the
 3    General Assembly on the results of  the  Reading  Improvement
 4    Block  Grant Program and the progress being made on improving
 5    the reading skills of students in  kindergarten  through  the
 6    sixth grade.
 7        (b)  (Blank).  Distribution of monies to school districts
 8    shall be made in 2 semi-annual installments, one on or before
 9    October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each year.
10        From funds distributed for purposes of this Section,  the
11    Board  is  authorized to approve applications from qualifying
12    school districts to help meet a district's costs of employing
13    teacher aides. No school district shall  be  eligible  to  be
14    paid  under  this  Section for more than one teacher aide for
15    each 3 certificated teachers employed  by  the  district  for
16    classroom  teaching  of pupils in kindergarten and grades one
17    through 6.
18        From funds distributed for purposes of this Section,  the
19    Board  is  authorized to approve applications from qualifying
20    school districts to help meet a district's cost of  employing
21    reading  specialists. No school district shall be eligible to
22    receive payment under this Section for more than one  reading
23    specialist  for  each  15  certificated  teachers,  or  major
24    portion  thereof,  employed  by  the  district  for classroom
25    teaching of pupils in kindergarten and grades one through 6.
26        (c)  (Blank). Each person  employed  as  a  teacher  aide
27    pursuant to this Section must work under the supervision of a
28    certificated  teacher  and,  as a condition precedent to that
29    employment, either shall have earned  at  least  30  semester
30    hours  of college credit or shall have successfully completed
31    a Teacher Aide Program approved by the Board.
32        (d)  Grants under the Reading Improvement  Program  shall
33    be  awarded  provided  there  is  an  appropriation  for  the
34    program,  and  funding  levels  for  each  district  shall be
HB0452 Enrolled             -21-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    prorated according to the amount of the appropriation.
 2        (e)  (Blank). District applications for participation  in
 3    this program shall be approved by the Board.
 4        (f)  (Blank).  Notwithstanding  the  provisions regarding
 5    distribution of monies contained in subsections (a)  and  (b)
 6    of  this  Section,  the Board may distribute an amount not to
 7    exceed  2%  of  the  monies  appropriated  for  the   Reading
 8    Improvement  Program  to qualified recipients for the purpose
 9    of training  teachers  and  other  educational  personnel  to
10    better  teach reading to the State's elementary and secondary
11    school students.
12    (Source: P.A. 86-237; 86-750; 86-1028; 87-280.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)
14        Sec. 2-3.51.5.  School Safety and Educational Improvement
15    Block Grant Program.  To improve the level of  education  and
16    safety  of  students  from  kindergarten  through grade 12 in
17    school districts.  The State Board of Education is authorized
18    to fund a School Safety  and  Educational  Improvement  Block
19    Grant Program.
20        (1)  The program shall provide funding for school safety,
21    textbooks  and  software,  teacher  training  and  curriculum
22    development,  school  improvements,  and remediation programs
23    under subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64.  A school district or
24    laboratory school as defined in subsection B of Section  18-8
25    or  18-8.05   is not required to file an application in order
26    to receive the categorical funding to which  it  is  entitled
27    under   this  Section.   Funds  for  the  School  Safety  and
28    Educational  Improvement  Block  Grant   Program   shall   be
29    distributed  to school districts and laboratory schools based
30    on the prior year's best 3 months average  daily  attendance.
31    The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  promulgate rules and
32    regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.
33        (2)  Distribution of moneys to school districts shall  be
HB0452 Enrolled             -22-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    made  in 2 semi-annual installments, one payment on or before
 2    October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal
 3    year.
 4        (3)  Grants  under  the  School  Safety  and  Educational
 5    Improvement Block Grant Program  shall  be  awarded  provided
 6    there is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels
 7    for  each  district shall be prorated according to the amount
 8    of the appropriation.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.117a new)
11        Sec. 2-3.117a. School Technology Revolving Loan Program.
12        (a)  The  State  Board  of  Education  is  authorized  to
13    administer a School Technology Revolving  Loan  Program  from
14    funds appropriated  from the School Technology Revolving Loan
15    Fund  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  financing of school
16    technology   hardware   improvements    affordable.    School
17    technology  loans shall be made available to school districts
18    to purchase technology hardware for eligible grade levels  on
19    a  3-year  rotating  basis:  grades  K-4 in year one and each
20    third year thereafter, grades 5-8 in year 2  and  each  third
21    year  thereafter,  grades  9-12 in year 3 and each third year
22    thereafter.
23        The State Board of Education shall determine the interest
24    rate the loans shall bear which shall not be greater than 50%
25    of the rate for the most recent date shown  in  the  20  G.O.
26    Bonds  Index of average municipal bond yields as published in
27    the most recent edition of The Bond  Buyer, published in  New
28    York,  New  York.  The repayment period for School Technology
29    Revolving Loans  shall  not  exceed  3  years.  Participating
30    school  districts  shall use the loan proceeds for technology
31    hardware  investments  for  students  and  staff,   including
32    computer  hardware,  technology networks, related wiring, and
33    other items defined in rules adopted by the  State  Board  of
HB0452 Enrolled             -23-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    Education.   No  school  district  whose  equalized  assessed
 2    valuation per pupil in average daily  attendance  is  at  the
 3    99th  percentile and above for all districts of the same type
 4    shall be eligible to receive a  School  Technology  Revolving
 5    Loan under the provisions of this Section for that year.
 6        The  State Board of Education shall have the authority to
 7    adopt  all  rules  necessary  for  the   implementation   and
 8    administration   of  the  School  Technology  Revolving  Loan
 9    Program,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  rules  defining
10    application procedures,  prescribing  a  maximum  amount  per
11    pupil  that may be requested annually by districts, requiring
12    appropriate local  commitments  for  technology  investments,
13    prescribing  a  mechanism  for  disbursing  loan funds in the
14    event  requests  exceed  available  funds,  and   prescribing
15    actions  necessary  to  protect  the State's  interest in the
16    event of default,  foreclosure,  or  noncompliance  with  the
17    terms and conditions of the loans.
18        (b)  There  is  created  in the State treasury the School
19    Technology Revolving Loan Fund.  The State Board  shall  have
20    the  authority to make expenditures from the Fund pursuant to
21    appropriations made for the purposes of this  Section.  There
22    shall  be deposited into the Fund such amounts, including but
23    not limited to:
24             (1)  Transfers from the School Infrastructure Fund;
25             (2)  All receipts, including principal and  interest
26        payments, from any loan made from the Fund;
27             (3)  All  proceeds  of  assets  of  whatever  nature
28        received  by  the  State  Board as a result of default or
29        delinquency with respect to loans made from the Fund;
30             (4)  Any appropriations, grants, or  gifts  made  to
31        the Fund; and
32             (5)  Any    income   received   from   interest   on
33        investments of money in the Fund.
HB0452 Enrolled             -24-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.124 new)
 2        Sec. 2-3.124.  Liability coverage for certificated school
 3    employees.  Beginning with the 1998-99 school year, the State
 4    Board of Education shall provide or arrange to have  provided
 5    for  each  certificated person who receives a salary or wages
 6    in exchange for performing educational employment  activities
 7    on  behalf  of  a  school  board,  board  of  trustees, joint
 8    agreement  program  board,  cooperative  program  board,   or
 9    similar  governing  body  of a public elementary or secondary
10    educational unit in Illinois educators liability coverage  in
11    amounts   no  less  than:   (1)  $1,000,000  per  person  per
12    occurrence, not to include any civil rights issue or  claims;
13    (2)  $250,000  per person per occurrence for any civil rights
14    issue or claims and not to include any other claims; and  (3)
15    $3,000,000 per occurrence aggregate for all claims.
16        The  coverage  provided  by  the  State  Board shall also
17    include: (1) reimbursement of attorney fees for defense of  a
18    criminal  proceeding  in  an amount not less than $35,000 per
19    proceeding; (2) bail bond coverage of not  less  than  $1,000
20    per  bond;  and  (3) assault-related personal property damage
21    coverage of not less than $250 per incident.
22        The liability coverage required by this Section shall  be
23    provided  at  no  cost  to the covered persons accepting such
24    coverage.
25        The State Board shall adopt such rules and regulations as
26    are necessary to implement the provisions of this Section.
27        (105 ILCS 5/7-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-11)
28        Sec.  7-11.   Annexation   of   dissolved   non-operating
29    districts.  If  any  school  district has become dissolved as
30    provided in Section 5-32, or if a petition for dissolution is
31    filed under subsection (b)  of  Section  7-2a,  the  regional
32    board  of  school trustees shall attach the territory of such
33    dissolved district to one  or  more  districts  and,  if  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -25-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    territory  is  added to 2 or more districts, shall divide the
 2    property of the dissolved district  among  the  districts  to
 3    which  its territory is added, in the manner provided for the
 4    division of property in case of the  organization  of  a  new
 5    district  from a part of another district. The regional board
 6    of school trustees  of  the  region  in  which  the  regional
 7    superintendent  has supervision over the school district that
 8    is dissolved shall have all  power  necessary  to  annex  the
 9    territory  of  the  dissolved  district  as  provided in this
10    Section, including the power to attach  the  territory  to  a
11    school   district  under  the  supervision  of  the  regional
12    superintendent of another educational  service  region.   The
13    annexation  of  the  territory of a dissolved school district
14    under  this  Section  shall  entitle  the  school   districts
15    involved  in  the annexation to payments from the State Board
16    of Education under subsection (A)(5)(m) of  Section  18-8  or
17    subsection  (I)  of Section 18-8.05 and under Sections 18-8.2
18    and 18-8.3  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent
19    authorized  in  the  case  of  other  annexations  under this
20    Article.  Other provisions of this Article 7  of  The  School
21    Code  shall  apply to and govern dissolutions and annexations
22    under this Section and Section 7-2a, except that  it  is  the
23    intent  of  the General Assembly that in the case of conflict
24    the provisions of this Section and Section 7-2a shall control
25    over the other provisions of this Article.
26        The regional board of school trustees shall  give  notice
27    of  a hearing, to be held not less than 50 days nor more than
28    70 days after a school district is  dissolved  under  Section
29    5-32  or  a petition is filed under subsection (b) of Section
30    7-2a, on the disposition of  the  territory  of  such  school
31    district  by  publishing  a notice thereof at least once each
32    week for 2 successive weeks in at least one newspaper  having
33    a  general  circulation  within  the  area  of  the territory
34    involved. At such  hearing,  the  regional  board  of  school
HB0452 Enrolled             -26-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    trustees  shall  hear  evidence  as  to  the school needs and
 2    conditions of the  territory  and  of  the  area  within  and
 3    adjacent  thereto,  and  shall  take  into  consideration the
 4    educational welfare of the pupils of the  territory  and  the
 5    normal high school attendance pattern of the children. In the
 6    case of an elementary school district if all the eighth grade
 7    graduates  of such district customarily attend high school in
 8    the same high school district, the regional board  of  school
 9    trustees  shall,  unless  it  be  impossible  because  of the
10    restrictions  of  a  special  charter  district,  annex   the
11    territory  of  the district to a contiguous elementary school
12    district whose eighth grade graduates customarily attend that
13    high school, and  that  has  an  elementary  school  building
14    nearest  to the center of the territory to be annexed, but if
15    such eighth grade graduates customarily attend more than  one
16    high  school  the  regional  board  of  school trustees shall
17    determine the attendance pattern of such graduates and divide
18    the territory of the district among the contiguous elementary
19    districts whose graduates attend  the  same  respective  high
20    schools.
21        The  decision of the regional board of school trustees in
22    such  matter  shall  be  issued  within  10  days  after  the
23    conclusion of  the  hearing  and  deemed  an  "administrative
24    decision"  as  defined  in Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil
25    Procedure and any resident who appears at the hearing or  any
26    petitioner  may  within  10 days after a copy of the decision
27    sought to be reviewed was served by registered mail upon  the
28    party  affected  thereby  file  a  complaint for the judicial
29    review   of   such   decision   in   accordance   with    the
30    "Administrative   Review   Law",   and   all  amendments  and
31    modifications thereof and the rules adopted pursuant thereto.
32    The commencement of any action for review shall operate as  a
33    stay  of enforcement, and no further proceedings shall be had
34    until final disposition of such review. The final decision of
HB0452 Enrolled             -27-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    the regional board of school trustees or of  any  court  upon
 2    judicial  review  shall become effective under Section 7-9 in
 3    the case of a petition for dissolution filed under subsection
 4    (b) of Section  7-2a,  and  a  final  decision  shall  become
 5    effective immediately following the date no further appeal is
 6    allowable  in  the case of a district dissolved under Section
 7    5-32.
 8        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this  Section
 9    or  any  other  provision  of law to the contrary, the school
10    board of the Mt. Morris  School  District  is  authorized  to
11    donate  to  the  City  of  Mount  Morris, Illinois the school
12    building and other real property used as a school site by the
13    Mt. Morris School District at the time of its dissolution, by
14    appropriate resolution adopted by the  school  board  of  the
15    district  prior  to the dissolution of the district; and upon
16    the adoption of a resolution by the school board donating the
17    school building and school site to the City of Mount  Morris,
18    Illinois as authorized by this Section, the regional board of
19    school trustees or other school officials holding legal title
20    to  the  school  building  and  school  site so donated shall
21    immediately convey the  same  to  the  City  of  Mt.  Morris,
22    Illinois.
23    (Source: P.A. 88-386.)
24        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a)
25        Sec. 10-20.9a.  Final Grade; Promotion.
26        (a)  Teachers   shall  administer  the  approved  marking
27    system or other approved means of evaluating pupil  progress.
28    The  teacher  shall  maintain the responsibility and right to
29    determine grades and other evaluations of students within the
30    grading policies of  the  district  based  upon  his  or  her
31    professional  judgment of available criteria pertinent to any
32    given subject area  or  activity  for  which  he  or  she  is
33    responsible.  District policy shall provide the procedure and
HB0452 Enrolled             -28-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    reasons  by  and  for  which a grade may be changed; provided
 2    that  no  grade  or  evaluation  shall  be  changed   without
 3    notification to the teacher concerning the nature and reasons
 4    for  such change. If such a change is made, the person making
 5    the change shall assume such responsibility  for  determining
 6    the grade or evaluation, and shall initial such change.
 7        (b)  School  districts  shall not promote are discouraged
 8    from promoting students to the next higher grade level  based
 9    upon  age  or  any  other  social  reasons not related to the
10    academic performance of the students.  On or before September
11    1, 1998, school boards shall may adopt and enforce  a  policy
12    such  policies  on promotion as they deem necessary to ensure
13    that students meet local goals and objectives and can perform
14    at the expected grade level prior to promotion. Decisions  to
15    promote  or  retain students in any classes shall be based on
16    successful  completion   of   the   curriculum,   attendance,
17    performance  based  on  Illinois Goals and Assessment Program
18    tests, the Iowa Test of Basic Skills, or other testing or any
19    other criteria established by  the  school  board.   Students
20    determined by the local district to not qualify for promotion
21    to   the   next  higher  grade  shall  be  provided  remedial
22    assistance, which may include, but shall not be limited to, a
23    summer bridge program of no  less  than  90  hours,  tutorial
24    sessions,   increased  or  concentrated  instructional  time,
25    modifications to instructional materials,  and  retention  in
26    grade.
27    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.30 new)
29        Sec.  10-20.30.  No  pass-no play policy.  Beginning with
30    the 1998-99 school year, the  school  board  of  each  school
31    district  that  maintains  any  of  grades 9 through 12 shall
32    establish, implement, and enforce a  uniform  and  consistent
33    policy under which a student in any of those grades who fails
HB0452 Enrolled             -29-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to  maintain  a  specified  minimum  grade point average or a
 2    specified minimum grade in each course in which  the  student
 3    is  enrolled  or both is suspended from further participation
 4    in  any  school-sponsored  or  school-supported  athletic  or
 5    extracurricular activities for a specified period or until  a
 6    specified  minimum  grade  point  average or minimum grade or
 7    both are earned by the  student.   Each  school  board  shall
 8    adopt a policy as required by this Section not later than one
 9    year  after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997
10    and shall concurrently file a copy of that  policy  with  the
11    State  Board  of  Education.   After  the  policy has been in
12    effect for one year, the school board  shall  file  a  report
13    with  the  State  Board of Education setting forth the number
14    and length of suspensions imposed under the policy during the
15    period covered by the report. If the school board already has
16    a policy that is consistent with  the  requirements  of  this
17    Section  in  effect  on the effective date of this amendatory
18    Act of 1997, it shall file a copy of  that  policy  with  the
19    State  Board of Education within 90  days after the effective
20    date of this amendatory Act and shall file the annual  report
21    required under this Section 12 months thereafter.
22        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.6) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.6)
23        Sec.  10-22.6.  Suspension or expulsion of pupils; school
24    searches.
25        (a)  To expel pupils  guilty  of  gross  disobedience  or
26    misconduct,  and  no  action  shall lie against them for such
27    expulsion. Expulsion shall take place only after the  parents
28    have  been  requested to appear at a meeting of the board, or
29    with a hearing officer appointed  by  it,  to  discuss  their
30    child's behavior. Such request shall be made by registered or
31    certified mail and shall state the time, place and purpose of
32    the meeting. The board, or a hearing officer appointed by it,
33    at such meeting shall state the reasons for dismissal and the
HB0452 Enrolled             -30-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    date  on  which  the  expulsion  is to become effective. If a
 2    hearing officer is appointed by the board he shall report  to
 3    the  board  a  written  summary  of the evidence heard at the
 4    meeting and the board may take  such  action  thereon  as  it
 5    finds appropriate.
 6        (b)  To   suspend  or  by  regulation  to  authorize  the
 7    superintendent of the district or  the  principal,  assistant
 8    principal,  or  dean  of  students  of  any school to suspend
 9    pupils guilty of gross  disobedience  or  misconduct,  or  to
10    suspend  pupils guilty of gross disobedience or misconduct on
11    the school bus from riding the  school  bus,  and  no  action
12    shall  lie against them for such suspension. The board may by
13    regulation authorize the superintendent of  the  district  or
14    the  principal,  assistant  principal, or dean of students of
15    any school to suspend pupils guilty of such acts for a period
16    not to exceed 10 school days. If a pupil is suspended due  to
17    gross  disobedience  or misconduct on a school bus, the board
18    may suspend the pupil in excess of 10 school days for  safety
19    reasons.  Any suspension shall be reported immediately to the
20    parents or guardian of such pupil along with a full statement
21    of  the  reasons  for  such  suspension and a notice of their
22    right to a review, a copy of which  shall  be  given  to  the
23    school  board.  Upon  request  of the parents or guardian the
24    school board or a  hearing  officer  appointed  by  it  shall
25    review  such  action  of  the  superintendent  or  principal,
26    assistant principal, or dean of students.  At such review the
27    parents  or  guardian of the pupil may appear and discuss the
28    suspension with the  board  or  its  hearing  officer.  If  a
29    hearing  officer is appointed by the board he shall report to
30    the board a written summary of  the  evidence  heard  at  the
31    meeting.  After  its  hearing  or upon receipt of the written
32    report of its hearing officer, the board may take such action
33    as it finds appropriate.
34        (c)  The Department of Human Services shall be invited to
HB0452 Enrolled             -31-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    send a representative to  consult  with  the  board  at  such
 2    meeting whenever there is evidence that mental illness may be
 3    the cause for expulsion or suspension.
 4        (d)  The  board may expel a student for a definite period
 5    of time not to exceed 2 calendar years, as  determined  on  a
 6    case  by  case  basis.    A student who is determined to have
 7    brought a weapon to school, any school-sponsored activity  or
 8    event,  or  any  activity  or  event which bears a reasonable
 9    relationship to school shall be expelled for a period of  not
10    less  than  one year, except that the expulsion period may be
11    modified by the board on a case by case basis.  For  purposes
12    of  this  Section,  the  term "weapon" means possession, use,
13    control or transfer of any object which may be used to  cause
14    bodily harm, including but not limited to a weapon as defined
15    by  Section  921  of Title 18, United States Code, firearm as
16    defined in Section 1.1 of the Firearm  Owners  Identification
17    Act, use of weapon as defined in Section 24-1 of the Criminal
18    Code,   knives,   guns,  firearms,  rifles,  shotguns,  brass
19    knuckles, billy clubs, or "look-alikes" thereof.  Such  items
20    as baseball bats, pipes, bottles, locks, sticks, pencils, and
21    pens  may  be  considered  weapons if used or attempted to be
22    used to cause bodily harm.  Expulsion or suspension shall  be
23    construed in a manner consistent with the Federal Individuals
24    with  Disabilities Education Act. A student who is subject to
25    suspension or expulsion as provided in this  Section  may  be
26    eligible  for  a transfer to an alternative school program in
27    accordance  with  Article  13A  of  the  School  Code.    The
28    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d)  apply  in  all  school
29    districts,  including special charter districts and districts
30    organized under Article 34.
31        (e)  To maintain  order  and  security  in  the  schools,
32    school  authorities  may  inspect and search places and areas
33    such as  lockers,  desks,  parking  lots,  and  other  school
34    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school, as
HB0452 Enrolled             -32-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    well as personal effects left in those places  and  areas  by
 2    students,  without  notice  to or the consent of the student,
 3    and without a search warrant.  As a matter of public  policy,
 4    the  General  Assembly finds that students have no reasonable
 5    expectation of privacy in these places and areas or in  their
 6    personal  effects  left  in  these  places and areas.  School
 7    authorities may request the  assistance  of  law  enforcement
 8    officials  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  inspections and
 9    searches of lockers, desks, parking lots,  and  other  school
10    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school for
11    illegal  drugs,  weapons,  or  other  illegal  or   dangerous
12    substances or materials, including searches conducted through
13    the  use of specially trained dogs.  If a search conducted in
14    accordance with  this  Section  produces  evidence  that  the
15    student  has  violated  or is violating either the law, local
16    ordinance, or the school's policies or rules,  such  evidence
17    may  be seized by school authorities, and disciplinary action
18    may be taken.  School authorities may  also  turn  over  such
19    evidence  to  law enforcement authorities.  The provisions of
20    this subsection (e) apply in all school districts,  including
21    special  charter  districts  and  districts  organized  under
22    Article 34.
23        (f)  Suspension  or  expulsion  may include suspension or
24    expulsion  from  school  and  all  school  activities  and  a
25    prohibition from being present on school grounds.
26    (Source: P.A.  89-371,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
27    89-610, eff. 8-6-96; P.A. 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
29        Sec.  10-22.20.  Classes  for  adults  and  youths  whose
30    schooling   has   been   interrupted;  Conditions  for  State
31    reimbursement; Use of child care facilities.
32        (a)  To establish special classes for the instruction (1)
33    of persons of age 21 years or over, and (2) of  persons  less
HB0452 Enrolled             -33-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    than age 21 and not otherwise in attendance in public school,
 2    for  the  purpose  of  providing adults in the community, and
 3    youths  whose  schooling  has  been  interrupted,  with  such
 4    additional basic education, vocational  skill  training,  and
 5    other  instruction  as  may  be  necessary  to increase their
 6    qualifications for employment or other means of  self-support
 7    and  their ability to meet their responsibilities as citizens
 8    including  courses  of  instruction  regularly  accepted  for
 9    graduation  from  elementary  or   high   schools   and   for
10    Americanization  and  General  Educational Development Review
11    classes.
12        The board  shall  pay  the  necessary  expenses  of  such
13    classes  out of school funds of the district, including costs
14    of student transportation and such  facilities  or  provision
15    for  child-care  as  may  be necessary in the judgment of the
16    board  to  permit  maximum  utilization  of  the  courses  by
17    students with  children,  and  other  special  needs  of  the
18    students  directly related to such instruction.  The expenses
19    thus incurred shall be subject  to  State  reimbursement,  as
20    provided  in  this  Section.   The  board  may make a tuition
21    charge for persons taking instruction who are not subject  to
22    State  reimbursement,  such  tuition charge not to exceed the
23    per capita cost of such classes.
24        The cost of such instruction,  including  the  additional
25    expenses   herein  authorized,  incurred  for  recipients  of
26    financial aid under the Illinois  Public  Aid  Code,  or  for
27    persons   for  whom  education  and  training  aid  has  been
28    authorized under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall  be  assumed
29    in  its  entirety from funds appropriated by the State to the
30    State Board of Education.
31        (b)  The  State  Board  of  Education  and  the  Illinois
32    Community  College  Board  shall  annually  enter   into   an
33    interagency   agreement   to  implement  this  Section.   The
34    interagency agreement shall establish the standards  for  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -34-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    courses  of  instruction  reimbursed under this Section.  The
 2    State Board of Education shall supervise  the  administration
 3    of   the  programs.   The  State  Board  of  Education  shall
 4    determine  the  cost  of  instruction  in   accordance   with
 5    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
 6    and  the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in the
 7    interagency agreement,  including  therein  other  incidental
 8    costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
 9    State  reimbursement  in  accordance  with  the provisions of
10    this  Section.  In  the  approval   of   programs   and   the
11    determination  of the cost of instruction, the State Board of
12    Education  shall  provide  for  the  maximum  utilization  of
13    federal funds for such programs.  The  interagency  agreement
14    shall also include:
15             (1)  the development of an index of need for program
16        planning  and  for area funding allocations as defined by
17        the State Board of Education;
18             (2)  the   method   for   calculating    hours    of
19        instruction,  as defined by the State Board of Education,
20        claimable for reimbursement and a method to phase in  the
21        calculation  and  for adjusting the calculations in cases
22        where the services of a program are  interrupted  due  to
23        circumstances beyond the control of the program provider;
24             (3)  a   plan  for  the  reallocation  of  funds  to
25        increase the  amount  allocated  for  grants  based  upon
26        program performance as set forth in subsection (d) below;
27        and
28             (4)  the  development  of  standards for determining
29        grants based upon performance as set forth in  subsection
30        (d)  below and a plan for the phased-in implementation of
31        those standards.
32        For  instruction  provided  by   school   districts   and
33    community  college  districts  beginning  July  1,  1996  and
34    thereafter,  reimbursement  provided  by  the  State Board of
HB0452 Enrolled             -35-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    Education for classes authorized by  this  Section  shall  be
 2    provided  pursuant  to the terms of the interagency agreement
 3    from funds appropriated for the  reimbursement  criteria  set
 4    forth in subsection (c) below.
 5        (c)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
 6    agreement,  reimbursement  shall  be   first   provided   for
 7    transportation,  child care services, and other special needs
 8    of the students directly related to instruction and then from
 9    the funds remaining an amount equal to  the  product  of  the
10    total  credit  hours  or units of instruction approved by the
11    State Board of Education, multiplied by the following:
12             (1)  For  adult   basic   education,   the   maximum
13        reimbursement  per credit hour or per unit of instruction
14        shall be  equal  to  the  general  state  aid  per  pupil
15        foundation  level established in subsections 5(a) through
16        5(d)  of  Section  18-8  or  subsection  (B)  of  Section
17        18-8.05, divided by 60;
18             (2)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
19        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
20        be weighted for students enrolled in classes  defined  as
21        vocational  skills  and  approved  by  the State Board of
22        Education by 1.25;
23             (3)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
24        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
25        be multiplied by .90 for  students  enrolled  in  classes
26        defined   as   adult  secondary  education  programs  and
27        approved by the State Board of Education;
28             (4)  For community  college  districts  the  maximum
29        reimbursement  per credit hour in subparagraphs (1), (2),
30        and (3)  above  shall  be  reduced  by  the  Adult  Basic
31        Education/Adult  Secondary  Education/English As A Second
32        Language credit hour grant  rate  prescribed  in  Section
33        2-16.02 of the Public Community College Act, as pro-rated
34        to the appropriation level; and
HB0452 Enrolled             -36-               LRB9002549THcd
 1             (5)  Programs receiving funds under the formula that
 2        was  in  effect  during  the 1994-1995 program year which
 3        continue to be approved and which generate at  least  80%
 4        of  the  hours  claimable  in  1994-95, or in the case of
 5        programs not approved in 1994-95  at  least  80%  of  the
 6        hours  claimable  in  1995-96,  shall  have  funding  for
 7        subsequent  years  based upon 100% of the 1995-96 formula
 8        funding level for 1996-97, 90%  of  the  1995-96  formula
 9        funding  level  for  1997-98,  80% of the 1995-96 formula
10        funding level for 1998-99, and 70% of the 1995-96 formula
11        funding level for 1999-2000.  For  any  approved  program
12        which  generates  less than 80% of the claimable hours in
13        its base year, the level  of  funding  pursuant  to  this
14        paragraph  shall be reduced proportionately.  Funding for
15        program years after 1999-2000 shall be  pursuant  to  the
16        interagency agreement.
17        (d)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
18    agreement, the State Board of Education shall provide  grants
19    to  eligible  programs for supplemental activities to improve
20    or expand services under the Adult Education Act.    Eligible
21    programs  shall be determined based upon performance outcomes
22    of students in the programs as set forth in  the  interagency
23    agreement.
24        (e)  Reimbursement  under  this  Section shall not exceed
25    the actual costs of the approved program.
26        If  the  amount  appropriated  to  the  State  Board   of
27    Education  for  reimbursement under this Section is less than
28    the amount required under this Act, the  apportionment  shall
29    be proportionately reduced.
30        School  districts  and  community  college  districts may
31    assess students up to $3.00  per  credit  hour,  for  classes
32    other than Adult Basic Education level programs, if needed to
33    meet program costs.
34        (f)  An  education  plan  shall  be  established for each
HB0452 Enrolled             -37-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    adult or youth whose schooling has been interrupted  and  who
 2    is participating in the instructional programs provided under
 3    this Section.
 4        Each  school  board  and  community college shall keep an
 5    accurate and detailed account of the students assigned to and
 6    receiving instruction under this Section who are  subject  to
 7    State  reimbursement  and  shall  submit  reports of services
 8    provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required in  the
 9    interagency agreement.
10        For  classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour
11    or unit of  instruction  is  equal  to  15  hours  of  direct
12    instruction for students enrolled in approved adult education
13    programs  at  midterm  and  making  satisfactory progress, in
14    accordance with standards jointly established  by  the  State
15    Board  of  Education and the Illinois Community College Board
16    as set forth in the interagency agreement.
17        (g)  Upon proof submitted to the Illinois  Department  of
18    Human  Services  of the payment of all claims submitted under
19    this Section, that Department shall apply for  federal  funds
20    made  available  therefor  and  any federal funds so received
21    shall be paid into the General  Revenue  Fund  in  the  State
22    Treasury.
23        School  districts or community colleges providing classes
24    under this Section shall submit  applications  to  the  State
25    Board  of  Education  for  preapproval in accordance with the
26    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
27    and the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in  the
28    interagency  agreement.   Payments shall be made by the State
29    Board of Education based  upon  approved  programs.   Interim
30    expenditure  reports  may  be  required by the State Board of
31    Education as set forth in the interagency agreement.    Final
32    claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional
33    superintendents   for  transmittal  to  the  State  Board  of
34    Education as set forth in the interagency  agreement.   Final
HB0452 Enrolled             -38-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    adjusted payments shall be made by September 30.
 2        If  a school district or community college district fails
 3    to provide, or is providing  unsatisfactory  or  insufficient
 4    classes  under this Section, the State Board of Education may
 5    enter into agreements with public or private  educational  or
 6    other   agencies  other  than  the  public  schools  for  the
 7    establishment of such classes.
 8        (h)  If a school district or community  college  district
 9    establishes   child-care   facilities  for  the  children  of
10    participants in classes established under  this  Section,  it
11    may  extend  the use of these facilities to students who have
12    obtained employment and to other  persons  in  the  community
13    whose  children require care and supervision while the parent
14    or other person in charge of  the  children  is  employed  or
15    otherwise absent from the home during all or part of the day.
16    It may make the facilities available before and after as well
17    as  during  regular  school hours to school age and preschool
18    age children who may benefit thereby, including children  who
19    require  care  and  supervision  pending  the return of their
20    parent  or  other  person  in  charge  of  their  care   from
21    employment or other activity requiring absence from the home.
22        The  State  Board of Education shall pay to the board the
23    cost of care in  the  facilities  for  any  child  who  is  a
24    recipient  of  financial  aid  under  The Illinois Public Aid
25    Code.
26        The board may charge for care of  children  for  whom  it
27    cannot  make claim under the provisions of this Section.  The
28    charge shall not exceed per capita cost, and  to  the  extent
29    feasible,  shall  be  fixed  at  a  level  which  will permit
30    utilization by employed parents of low  or  moderate  income.
31    It  may  also  permit  any  other State or local governmental
32    agency or private  agency  providing  care  for  children  to
33    purchase care.
34        After  July  1,  1970  when  the  provisions  of  Section
HB0452 Enrolled             -39-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    10-20.20  become  operative  in  the  district, children in a
 2    child-care facility shall be transferred to the  kindergarten
 3    established under that Section for such portion of the day as
 4    may  be  required  for the kindergarten program, and only the
 5    prorated costs of care and training provided  in  the  Center
 6    for  the  remaining  period  shall be charged to the Illinois
 7    Department of Human Services or  other  persons  or  agencies
 8    paying for such care.
 9        (i)  The  provisions  of this Section shall also apply to
10    school districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
11    (Source: P.A. 89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  89-524,  eff.  7-19-96;
12    revised 8-15-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23)
14        Sec.  10-22.23.   School  Nurse.   To employ a registered
15    professional nurse and define the duties of the school  nurse
16    within the guidelines of rules and regulations promulgated by
17    the  State  Board  of  Education.   Any  school  nurse  first
18    employed  on  or  after  July  1,  1976, whose duties require
19    teaching  or  the  exercise  of  instructional  judgment   or
20    educational  evaluation of pupils, must be certificated under
21    Section 21-25  of  this  Act.  School  districts  may  employ
22    non-certificated  registered  professional  nurses to perform
23    professional nursing services.
24    (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
25        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34c new)
26        Sec. 10-22.34c. Third party  non-instructional  services.
27    Notwithstanding  any other law of this State, nothing in this
28    Code prevents a board  of  education  from  entering  into  a
29    contract  with  a  third party for non-instructional services
30    currently performed by any employee or bargaining unit member
31    or  from  laying  off  those  educational  support  personnel
32    employees  upon  30  days  written  notice  to  the  affected
HB0452 Enrolled             -40-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    employees.
 2        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.5)
 3        Sec. 10-23.5.  Educational support  personnel  employees.
 4    To  employ such educational support personnel employees as it
 5    deems  advisable  and  to  define  their  employment  duties;
 6    provided that residency within any school district shall  not
 7    be   considered   in   determining   the  employment  or  the
 8    compensation of any such  employee,  or  whether  to  retain,
 9    promote, assign or transfer such employee.  If an educational
10    support  personnel  employee  is  removed  or  dismissed as a
11    result of a decision of the  school  board  to  decrease  the
12    number of educational support personnel employees employed by
13    the   board   or  to  discontinue  some  particular  type  of
14    educational support service, written notice shall  be  mailed
15    to  the  employee  and  also  given  the  employee  either by
16    certified mail, return receipt requested or personal delivery
17    with receipt at least 30  60  days  before  the  employee  is
18    removed  or dismissed end of the school term, together with a
19    statement of honorable dismissal  and  the  reason  therefor.
20    The  employee  with  the shorter length of continuing service
21    with  the  district,  within  the  respective   category   of
22    position,  shall  be  dismissed  first  unless an alternative
23    method  of  determining  the   sequence   of   dismissal   is
24    established  in a collective bargaining agreement or contract
25    between the board and  any  exclusive  bargaining  agent  and
26    except  that this provision shall not impair the operation of
27    any affirmative action program in the district, regardless of
28    whether it exists by operation of law or is  conducted  on  a
29    voluntary basis by the board.  If the board has any vacancies
30    for  the  following  school  term or within one calendar year
31    from  the  beginning  of  the  following  school  term,   the
32    positions   thereby  becoming  available  within  a  specific
33    category of position shall be tendered to  the  employees  so
HB0452 Enrolled             -41-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    removed  or  dismissed from that category of position, so far
 2    as they are qualified to hold  such  positions.   Each  board
 3    shall,   in   consultation   with   any   exclusive  employee
 4    representative or bargaining agent,  each  year  establish  a
 5    list,   categorized  by  positions,  showing  the  length  of
 6    continuing service of  each  full  time  educational  support
 7    personnel   employee  who  is  qualified  to  hold  any  such
 8    positions, unless an  alternative  method  of  determining  a
 9    sequence  of dismissal is established as provided for in this
10    Section, in which case a list shall  be  made  in  accordance
11    with  the  alternative  method.   Copies of the list shall be
12    distributed  to  the  exclusive  employee  representative  or
13    bargaining agent on or before February 1 of each year.  Where
14    an educational support personnel employee is dismissed by the
15    board as a result of a decrease in the number of employees or
16    the discontinuance of the employee's job, the employee  shall
17    be  paid  all  earned  compensation  on  or  before the third
18    business day following his or her last day of employment.
19        The provisions of this amendatory Act of 1986 relating to
20    residency within any  school  district  shall  not  apply  to
21    cities having a population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-618, eff. 8-9-96.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8)
24        Sec.  10-23.8.  Superintendent contracts under multi-year
25    contract. After the effective date of this amendatory Act  of
26    1997  and  the  expiration  of  contracts  in  effect  on the
27    effective date of this amendatory Act, school  districts  may
28    only To employ a superintendent under either a contract for a
29    period    not    exceeding   one   year   or   a   multi-year
30    performance-based contract  for  a  period  not  exceeding  5
31    years.  No  such contract can be offered or accepted for less
32    than or more than three years, except for a person serving as
33    superintendent for the first time in Illinois.  In such case,
HB0452 Enrolled             -42-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    the initial contract shall be for a  two  year  period.  Such
 2    contract  may be discontinued at any time by mutual agreement
 3    of the  contracting  parties,  or  may  be  extended  for  an
 4    additional 3 years at the end of any year.
 5        Performance-based  contracts  shall  be linked to student
 6    performance and academic improvement within  the  schools  of
 7    the   districts.   No  performance-based  contract  shall  be
 8    extended or rolled-over prior  to  its  scheduled  expiration
 9    unless all the performance and improvement goals contained in
10    the  contract have been met.  Each performance-based contract
11    shall include the goals and indicators of student performance
12    and academic improvement determined and  used  by  the  local
13    school  board to measure the performance and effectiveness of
14    the superintendent and such other information  as  the  local
15    school board may determine.
16        The  contract  year  is July 1 through the following June
17    30, unless  the  contract  specifically  provides  otherwise.
18    Notice  of  intent not to renew the contract must be given by
19    the board or by the superintendent by April 1 of the year  in
20    which  the contract expires, unless the contract specifically
21    provides otherwise.  Failure  to  do  so  will  automatically
22    extend  the contract for 1 additional year. The provisions of
23    this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  district  under  a
24    Financial  Oversight  Panel  pursuant  to  Section  1A-8  for
25    violating a financial plan.
26        Notice of intent not to renew a contract when given by  a
27    board  must  be  in  writing,  stating  the  specific  reason
28    therefor.   Within  10  days  after receipt of such notice of
29    intent not  to  renew  a  contract,  the  superintendent  may
30    request  a  closed  session hearing on the dismissal.  At the
31    hearing the superintendent has the  privilege  of  presenting
32    evidence,   witnesses   and   defenses  on  the  grounds  for
33    dismissal. The provisions of this paragraph shall  not  apply
34    to  a  district under a Financial Oversight Panel pursuant to
HB0452 Enrolled             -43-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    Section 1A-8 for violating a financial plan.
 2        By accepting the terms  of  a  multi-year  contract,  the
 3    superintendent  waives  all  rights  granted him or her under
 4    Sections 24-11 through 24-16 of this Act for the duration  of
 5    his or her employment as superintendent in the district.
 6    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8a)
 8        Sec.   10-23.8a.  Principal   and   other   administrator
 9    contracts under multi-year contract. After the effective date
10    of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  and  the  expiration  of
11    contracts  in effect on the effective date of this amendatory
12    Act, school districts may only To employ principals and other
13    school administrators under either a contract  for  a  period
14    not  to  exceed  one  year  or a principal under a multi-year
15    performance-based contract for  a  period  not  to  exceed  5
16    years.  No  such contract can be offered or accepted for less
17    than or more than 3 years, except for  a  person  serving  as
18    principal  for  the first time in Illinois. In such case, the
19    initial contract shall be for a 2 year period. Such  contract
20    may  be  discontinued  at any time by mutual agreement of the
21    contracting parties, or may be extended for an  additional  3
22    years at the end of any year.
23        Performance-based  contracts  shall  be linked to student
24    performance and  academic  improvement  attributable  to  the
25    responsibilities    and    duties   of   the   principal   or
26    administrator.   No  performance-based  contract   shall   be
27    extended  or  rolled-over  prior  to its scheduled expiration
28    unless all the performance and improvement goals contained in
29    the contract have been met.  Each performance-based  contract
30    shall include the goals and indicators of student performance
31    and  academic  improvement  determined  and used by the local
32    school board to measure the performance and effectiveness  of
33    the   principal   or   other  administrator  and  such  other
HB0452 Enrolled             -44-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    information  as  the  local  school  board   may   determine.
 2               The  contract year is July 1 through the following
 3    June 30, unless the contract specifically provides otherwise.
 4    Notice of intent not to renew the contract must be  given  by
 5    the  board  or  by  the principal at least 90 days before the
 6    contract expires. Failure to do so will automatically  extend
 7    the  contract  for  1 additional year. If offered by a school
 8    board, each individual principal shall  have  the  option  to
 9    accept  or  refuse  a  multi-year contract. The provisions of
10    this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  district  under  a
11    Financial  Oversight  Panel  pursuant  to  Section  1A-8  for
12    violating a financial plan.
13        By accepting the terms  of  a  multi-year  contract,  the
14    principal  or  administrator waives all rights granted him or
15    her under Sections 24-11 through 24-16 of this  Act  for  the
16    duration  of  his  or  her  employment  as  a principal or an
17    administrator in the district.
18    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
19        (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5 new)
20        Sec. 17-1.5.  Limitation of administrative costs.
21        (a)  It is the  purpose  of  this  Section  to  establish
22    limitations  on  the growth of administrative expenditures in
23    order to maximize the proportion of school district resources
24    available   for   the   instructional    program,    building
25    maintenance,  and  safety  services  for the students of each
26    district.
27        (b)  Definitions.  For the purposes of this Section:
28        "Administrative    expenditures"    mean    the    annual
29    expenditures of school  districts  properly  attributable  to
30    expenditure functions defined by the rules of the State Board
31    of  Education  as:  2310  (Board of Education Services); 2320
32    (Executive Administration  Services);    2330  (Special  Area
33    Administration  Services);  2490  (Other  Support  Services -
HB0452 Enrolled             -45-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    School Administration); 2510 (Direction of  Business  Support
 2    Services);  2520 (Fiscal Services); 2570 (Internal Services);
 3    2600  (Total  Support   Services   -   Central);    and   all
 4    expenditures  properly  attributable  for  the  Service  Area
 5    Direction  of  functions  2540 (Operations and Maintenance of
 6    Plant Services), 2550 (Pupil  Transportation  Services),  and
 7    2560 (Food Services).
 8        "Instructional expenditures" mean the annual expenditures
 9    of  school  districts  properly  attributable  to expenditure
10    functions  defined  by  the  rules  of  the  State  Board  of
11    Education  as:  1100  (Regular   Programs);   1200   (Special
12    Education   Programs);  1250  (Educational  Deprived/Remedial
13    Programs); 1300 (Adult/Continuing Education  Programs);  1400
14    (Vocational  Programs); 1500 (Interscholastic Programs); 1600
15    (Summer School  Programs);  1650  (Gifted    Programs);  1800
16    (Bilingual  Programs);  and  1900  (Truants'  Alternative and
17    Optional Programs).
18        "School district" means all  school  districts  having  a
19    population of less than 500,000.
20        (c)  For  the  1998-99  school  year and each school year
21    thereafter, each school district  shall  undertake  budgetary
22    and  expenditure  control  actions  so  that  the increase in
23    administrative expenditures for that  school  year  over  the
24    prior  school  year  do  not  exceed  the lesser of 5% or the
25    percentage increase in instructional  expenditures  for  that
26    school  year  over  the  prior school year.  School districts
27    with  administrative  expenditures  per  pupil  in  the  25th
28    percentile and below for all districts of the same  type,  as
29    defined  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  may waive the
30    limitation imposed under this Section for any year  with  the
31    affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the
32    school board of the district.
33        (d)  School  districts shall file with the State Board of
34    Education by October 15, 1998  and    by  each  October  15th
HB0452 Enrolled             -46-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    thereafter  a  one-page  report  that  lists  (i)  the actual
 2    administrative  expenditures  and  the  actual  instructional
 3    expenditures for the prior year from the  district's  audited
 4    Annual    Financial    Report,   and   (ii)   the   projected
 5    administrative expenditures and the  projected  instructional
 6    expenditures  for the current year from the budget adopted by
 7    the school board pursuant to Section 17-1 of this  Code.   If
 8    the report and information required under this subsection (d)
 9    is not provided by the school district in a timely manner, or
10    is   initially   or  subsequently  determined  by  the  State
11    Superintendent of Education to be incomplete  or  inaccurate,
12    the State Superintendent shall notify the district in writing
13    of reporting deficiencies.  The school district shall, within
14    60  days  of  the  notice, address the reporting deficiencies
15    identified.  If the State Superintendent does not  receive  a
16    satisfactory  response to these reporting deficiencies within
17    these 60 days, the next payment of general State aid due  the
18    district  under Section 18-8 of this Code, and all subsequent
19    payments, may be withheld until the  deficiencies  have  been
20    addressed.
21        (e)  If the State Superintendent determines that a school
22    district   has  failed  to  comply  with  the  administrative
23    expenditure limitation imposed  in  subsection  (c)  of  this
24    Section  by  adopting a budget in violation of the limitation
25    or by having actual administrative expenditures for the prior
26    year in excess of the limitation,  the  State  Superintendent
27    shall  notify  the  district  of the violation and direct the
28    district  to  undertake  corrective  action  to   bring   the
29    district's  budget  into  compliance  with the administrative
30    expenditure limitation.  The district shall, within  60  days
31    of  the  notice,  provide  adequate  assurance  to  the State
32    Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have  been
33    or  will be taken.  If the district fails to provide adequate
34    assurance or fails  to  undertake  the  necessary  corrective
HB0452 Enrolled             -47-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    actions, the State Superintendent may withhold all subsequent
 2    payments  of general State aid due the district under Section
 3    18-8 of this Code until the  assurance  is  provided  or  the
 4    corrective actions taken.
 5        (f)  The  State  Superintendent shall publish a list each
 6    year of the school  districts  that  violate  the  limitation
 7    imposed  by  subsection (c) of this Section.  The State Board
 8    of Education may recommend to the General  Assembly  and  the
 9    Governor  any  additional  sanctions or remedial actions that
10    they determine necessary to  deter  non-compliance  with  the
11    limitation.
12        (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
13        Sec.  18-4.3.   Summer  school  grants.   Grants shall be
14    determined for pupil attendance in summer  schools  conducted
15    under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and approved under Section
16    2-3.25 in the following manner.
17        The  amount  of  grant  for each accredited summer school
18    attendance pupil shall be  obtained  by  dividing  the  total
19    amount of apportionments determined under subsections (1) and
20    (2)  of  Section 18-8 or Section 18-8.05 by the actual number
21    of  pupils  in  average  daily  attendance  used   for   such
22    apportionments.    The   number  of  credited  summer  school
23    attendance pupils shall be determined (a) by  counting  clock
24    hours  of  class  instruction  by pupils enrolled in grades 1
25    through 12 in approved courses conducted at  least  60  clock
26    hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock
27    hours  of  class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited
28    pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil
29    attendance by the actual number of days in the  regular  term
30    as  used  in  computation  in  the  general  apportionment in
31    Section 18-8; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
32        The amount of the  grant  for  a  summer  school  program
33    approved   by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Education  for
HB0452 Enrolled             -48-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    children with disabilities, as defined  in  Sections  14-1.02
 2    through  14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner contained
 3    above except that average daily membership shall be  utilized
 4    in lieu of average daily attendance.
 5        In  the  case  of an apportionment based on summer school
 6    attendance or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall  be
 7    presented  as a separate claim for the particular school year
 8    in  which such summer school  session  ends.   On  or  before
 9    October  15  of each year the superintendent of each eligible
10    school district shall certify to the regional  superintendent
11    the  claim of the district for the summer session just ended.
12    Failure on the part of the school board to so  certify  shall
13    constitute  a  forfeiture  of its right to such payment.  The
14    regional  superintendent   shall   certify   to   the   State
15    Superintendent  of  Education  no  later  than November 1 the
16    regional report of  claims  for  summer  school.   The  State
17    Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller
18    no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment
19    of amounts due school districts for summer school.  The State
20    Superintendent  of  Education shall direct the Comptroller to
21    draw his warrants for payments thereof by  the  30th  day  of
22    December.   If the money appropriated by the General Assembly
23    for  such  purpose  for any year is insufficient, it shall be
24    apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
25        However, notwithstanding the  foregoing  provisions,  for
26    each  fiscal  year  the  money  appropriated  by  the General
27    Assembly for the purposes of this Section shall only be  used
28    for  grants  for  approved  summer  school programs for those
29    children  with  disabilities  served  pursuant  to   Sections
30    14-7.02 and 14-7.02a of the School Code.
31    (Source:   P.A.  88-9;  88-641,  eff.  9-9-94;  89-397,  eff.
32    8-20-95.)
33        (105 ILCS 5/18-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-7)
HB0452 Enrolled             -49-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        Sec. 18-7. Payments for  benefit  of  teacher  retirement
 2    systems.
 3        (a)  In  each  fiscal  year through fiscal year 1998, the
 4    State Board of  Education  shall  distribute  to  the  Public
 5    School  Teachers'  Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago the
 6    sum, if any, appropriated  for  that  fiscal  year  from  the
 7    Common School Fund for the benefit of the Retirement Fund, in
 8    the  manner  provided  in  this Section, the Illinois Pension
 9    Code, the State Finance Act, and other applicable  provisions
10    of  law.   In  making  this  distribution, the State Board of
11    Education shall present vouchers to the State Comptroller  on
12    the  10th  and  20th  days of each month beginning in August.
13    Each  payment  shall  equal  1/24  of   the   annual   amount
14    appropriated  in the months of August through May and 1/12 of
15    the annual amount appropriated in June.
16        Beginning in fiscal year 1999, the State contributions to
17    the Public School Teachers' Pension and  Retirement  Fund  of
18    Chicago  shall  be appropriated directly to the Fund and paid
19    in vouchers submitted by the board of trustees of  the  Fund.
20    Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by the
21    State  Comptroller  and  Treasurer by warrants drawn on funds
22    appropriated to  the  Public  School  Teachers'  Pension  and
23    Retirement  Fund of Chicago State Board of Education for that
24    purpose.
25        (b)  The State Board of Education shall, in State  fiscal
26    year  1995,  pay  to  the  Teachers' Retirement System of the
27    State of Illinois the amount appropriated  for  the  required
28    State  contribution  to the System for that fiscal year.  The
29    State Board of Education shall present vouchers to the  State
30    Comptroller  for  this  purpose  on the 10th and 20th days of
31    each month of the fiscal year, other than the month of  July.
32    Each  payment in the months of August through May shall equal
33    1/24 of the amount appropriated for that  fiscal  year;  each
34    payment  in  the month of June shall equal 1/12 of the amount
HB0452 Enrolled             -50-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    appropriated for that fiscal year.
 2        Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by
 3    the State Comptroller and  Treasurer  by  warrants  drawn  on
 4    funds  appropriated  to the State Board of Education for that
 5    purpose.
 6        (c)  Beginning in State fiscal year  1996,  the  required
 7    State contributions to the Teachers' Retirement System of the
 8    State  of  Illinois  shall  be  appropriated  directly to the
 9    System and  paid  on  vouchers  submitted  by  the  board  of
10    trustees  of  the  retirement  system, as provided in Section
11    16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code.  These vouchers shall be
12    paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants drawn
13    on funds appropriated  to  the  retirement  system  for  that
14    purpose.
15    (Source: P.A. 88-593, eff. 8-22-94.)
16        (105 ILCS 5/18-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8)
17        Sec.   18-8.  Basis   for   apportionment  to  districts,
18    laboratory schools and alternative schools.
19        A.  The amounts to be apportioned for school years  prior
20    to  the  1998-1999  school  year shall be determined for each
21    educational service region by school districts, as follows:
22        1.  General Provisions.
23        (a)  In the computation of the amounts to be apportioned,
24    the average daily  attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  9
25    through  12  shall  be multiplied by 1.25.  The average daily
26    attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  7  and  8  shall  be
27    multiplied by 1.05.
28        (b)  The  actual  number  of  pupils  in  average   daily
29    attendance shall be computed in a one-teacher school district
30    by  dividing  the total aggregate days of pupil attendance by
31    the actual number of days school is in session but  not  more
32    than  30  such  pupils  shall  be accredited for such type of
33    district; and in districts of  2  or  more  teachers,  or  in
HB0452 Enrolled             -51-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    districts  where  records  of  attendance are kept by session
 2    teachers, by taking the sum of the respective averages of the
 3    units composing the group.
 4        (c)  Pupils in average daily attendance shall be computed
 5    upon the average of the best 3 months of pupils attendance of
 6    the current school year except  as  district  claims  may  be
 7    later  amended  as  provided  hereinafter  in  this  Section.
 8    However,   for   any   school   district  maintaining  grades
 9    kindergarten through 12, the "average daily attendance" shall
10    be computed on the average of the best  3  months  of  pupils
11    attendance of the current year in grades kindergarten through
12    8,  added  together  with the average of the best 3 months of
13    pupils attendance of the current year in grades 9 through 12,
14    except as district claims may be later amended as provided in
15    this Section.  Days of attendance shall be  kept  by  regular
16    calendar  months,  except  any  days  of attendance in August
17    shall be added to the month of  September  and  any  days  of
18    attendance  in  June  shall  be  added  to  the month of May.
19    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Section,  days  of
20    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
21    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
22    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
23    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
24    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
25    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
26    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
27    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
28        (d)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in  a public school for
29    only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis  of
30    1/6  day for every class hour of instruction of 40 minutes or
31    more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
32        (e)  Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours on
33    the opening and closing of the  school  term,  and  upon  the
34    first  day  of pupil attendance, if preceded by a day or days
HB0452 Enrolled             -52-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    utilized as an institute or teachers' workshop.
 2        (f)  A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as
 3    a day  of  attendance  upon  certification  by  the  regional
 4    superintendent,  and  approved by the State Superintendent of
 5    Education to the extent that the district has been forced  to
 6    use daily multiple sessions.
 7        (g)  A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as
 8    a  day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day
 9    or at least 2 hours in the evening of that  day  is  utilized
10    for  an  in-service  training  program  for teachers, up to a
11    maximum of 5 days per school year of which  a  maximum  of  4
12    days   of   such  5  days  may  be  used  for  parent-teacher
13    conferences,  provided  a  district  conducts  an  in-service
14    training program for teachers which has been approved by  the
15    State  Superintendent  of  Education;  or,  in lieu of 4 such
16    days, 2 full days may be used, in which event each  such  day
17    may  be  counted as a day of attendance; and (2) when days in
18    addition to those provided in item (1)  are  scheduled  by  a
19    school  pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under
20    Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement  plan
21    adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3
22    or  more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
23    intervals, (ii) the remainder of the  school  days  in  which
24    such  sessions  occur  are  utilized  for in-service training
25    programs or other staff development activities for  teachers,
26    and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of school work under
27    the  direct  supervision  of teachers are added to the school
28    days between such regularly scheduled sessions to  accumulate
29    not less than the number of minutes by which such sessions of
30    3  or  more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full
31    days used for the purposes of this  paragraph  shall  not  be
32    considered  for  computing  average  daily  attendance.  Days
33    scheduled for in-service training programs, staff development
34    activities, or parent-teacher conferences  may  be  scheduled
HB0452 Enrolled             -53-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    separately   for   different   grade   levels  and  different
 2    attendance centers of the district.
 3        (h)  A session of not less than one clock  hour  teaching
 4    of  hospitalized  or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone
 5    to the classroom may be counted as  1/2  day  of  attendance,
 6    however  these  pupils  must receive 4 or more clock hours of
 7    instruction to be counted for a full day of attendance.
 8        (i)  A session of at least 4 clock hours may  be  counted
 9    as  a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils in
10    full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours  may
11    be   counted   as   1/2   day  of  attendance  by  pupils  in
12    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
13        (j)  For children with disabilities who are below the age
14    of 6 years and who cannot attend  two  or  more  clock  hours
15    because  of  their disability or immaturity, a session of not
16    less than one clock  hour  may  be  counted  as  1/2  day  of
17    attendance; however for such children whose educational needs
18    so  require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted
19    as a full day of attendance.
20        (k)  A recognized kindergarten which  provides  for  only
21    1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than
22    1/2 day  of  attendance  counted  in  any  1  day.   However,
23    kindergartens  may  count  2  1/2 days of attendance in any 5
24    consecutive school  days.   Where  a  pupil  attends  such  a
25    kindergarten  for  2  half  days  on any one school day, such
26    pupil shall have the following  day  as  a  day  absent  from
27    school,  unless  the  school  district  obtains permission in
28    writing  from  the   State   Superintendent   of   Education.
29    Attendance  at  kindergartens which provide for a full day of
30    attendance by  each  pupil  shall  be  counted  the  same  as
31    attendance  by  first  grade  pupils.  Only the first year of
32    attendance in one kindergarten shall  be  counted  except  in
33    case  of children who entered the kindergarten in their fifth
34    year whose educational development requires a second year  of
HB0452 Enrolled             -54-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    kindergarten as determined under the rules and regulations of
 2    the State Board of Education.
 3        (l)  Days  of  attendance  by  tuition  pupils  shall  be
 4    accredited  only  to  the districts that pay the tuition to a
 5    recognized school.
 6        (m)  The greater  of  the  immediately  preceding  year's
 7    weighted  average  daily  attendance  or  the  average of the
 8    weighted  average  daily  attendance   of   the   immediately
 9    preceding year and the previous 2 years shall be used.
10        For any school year beginning July 1, 1986 or thereafter,
11    if  the  weighted  average  daily attendance in either grades
12    kindergarten through 8 or grades 9 through 12 of  a  district
13    as  computed  for  the  first  calendar  month of the current
14    school year exceeds by more than 5%, but  not  less  than  25
15    pupils,  the district's weighted average daily attendance for
16    the first calendar month of the  immediately  preceding  year
17    in,  respectively,  grades kindergarten through 8 or grades 9
18    through 12, a supplementary payment  shall  be  made  to  the
19    district  equal  to  the  difference in the amount of aid the
20    district would be paid under this Section using the  weighted
21    average  daily attendance in the district as computed for the
22    first calendar month of  the  current  school  year  and  the
23    amount  of  aid the district would be paid using the weighted
24    average daily  attendance  in  the  district  for  the  first
25    calendar  month  of  the  immediately  preceding  year.  Such
26    supplementary State aid payment shall be paid to the district
27    as provided  in  Section  18-8.4  and  shall  be  treated  as
28    separate  from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to this
29    Section 18-8.
30        (n)  The number  of  low  income  eligible  pupils  in  a
31    district  shall result in an increase in the weighted average
32    daily attendance calculated as follows:  The  number  of  low
33    income pupils shall increase the weighted ADA by .53 for each
34    student  adjusted  by  dividing  the  percent  of  low income
HB0452 Enrolled             -55-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    eligible pupils in the district by the ratio of eligible  low
 2    income  pupils  in  the  State to the best 3 months' weighted
 3    average daily attendance in the State.  In no  case  may  the
 4    adjustment under this paragraph result in a greater weighting
 5    than  .625  for each eligible low income student.  The number
 6    of low income eligible pupils in  a  district  shall  be  the
 7    low-income  eligible  count  from the most recently available
 8    federal census and  the  weighted  average  daily  attendance
 9    shall  be  calculated in accordance with the other provisions
10    of this paragraph.
11        (o)  Any school district which fails for any given school
12    year to maintain school as required by law, or to maintain  a
13    recognized  school  is  not  eligible to file for such school
14    year any claim upon the  common  school  fund.   In  case  of
15    nonrecognition  of one or more attendance centers in a school
16    district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of
17    the district shall be reduced in  the  proportion  which  the
18    average  daily attendance in the attendance center or centers
19    bear to the average daily attendance in the school  district.
20    A "recognized school" means any public school which meets the
21    standards  as  established for recognition by the State Board
22    of Education.  A school district  or  attendance  center  not
23    having  recognition  status  at  the  end of a school term is
24    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim
25    which was filed while it was recognized.
26        (p)  School district claims filed under this Section  are
27    subject  to  Sections 18-9, 18-10 and 18-12, except as herein
28    otherwise provided.
29        (q)  The State Board of Education shall secure  from  the
30    Department  of  Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by
31    the Department of Revenue of all taxable  property  of  every
32    school district together with the applicable tax rate used in
33    extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September
34    30 of the previous year.  The Department of Revenue shall add
HB0452 Enrolled             -56-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to  the  equalized  assessed value of all taxable property of
 2    each school district situated entirely or partially within  a
 3    county  with 2,000,000 or more inhabitants an amount equal to
 4    the total amount by which the  homestead  exemptions  allowed
 5    under Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for
 6    real  property  situated  in that school district exceeds the
 7    total amount that would have  been  allowed  in  that  school
 8    district  as homestead exemptions under those Sections if the
 9    maximum reduction under Section 15-170 of  the  Property  Tax
10    Code  was  $2,000  and  the  maximum  reduction under Section
11    15-175 of the Property Tax Code was $3,500.  The county clerk
12    of any  county  with  2,000,000  or  more  inhabitants  shall
13    annually  calculate  and  certify  to the Department for each
14    school district all homestead exemption amounts  required  by
15    this amendatory Act of 1992.  In a new district which has not
16    had  any  tax  rates yet determined for extension of taxes, a
17    leveled uniform rate shall be computed from the latest amount
18    of the fund taxes extended on the several areas  within  such
19    new district.
20        (r)  If  a  school  district  operates a full year school
21    under Section 10-19.1, the general state aid  to  the  school
22    district  shall be determined by the State Board of Education
23    in accordance with this Section as near as may be applicable.
24        2.  New  or  recomputed  claim.  The  general  State  aid
25    entitlement for a newly created school district or a district
26    which has annexed an entire school district shall be computed
27    using  attendance,  compensatory  pupil   counts,   equalized
28    assessed  valuation,  and tax rate data which would have been
29    used had the district been in existence for 3 years.  General
30    State  aid  entitlements  shall  not  be recomputed except as
31    permitted herein.
32        3.  Impaction.   Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
33    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
34        4.  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be  made
HB0452 Enrolled             -57-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
 2        5.  Computation  of  State aid.  The State grant shall be
 3    determined as follows:
 4        (a)  The State shall guarantee the amount of money that a
 5    district's operating tax rate as limited in other Sections of
 6    this Act would produce if every district  maintaining  grades
 7    kindergarten  through  12 had an equalized assessed valuation
 8    equal to $74,791  per  weighted  ADA  pupil;  every  district
 9    maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through 8 had an equalized
10    assessed valuation of $108,644 per weighted  ADA  pupil;  and
11    every  district  maintaining  grades  9  through  12  had  an
12    equalized  assessed  valuation  of  $187,657 per weighted ADA
13    pupil.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adjust   the
14    equalized   assessed   valuation   amounts   stated  in  this
15    paragraph, if necessary, to conform  to  the  amount  of  the
16    appropriation approved for any fiscal year.
17        (b)  The  operating  tax rate to be used shall consist of
18    all district taxes extended for all purposes except community
19    college educational purposes for the payment of tuition under
20    Section 6-1 of the Public Community  College  Act,  Bond  and
21    Interest,   Summer  School,  Rent,  Capital  Improvement  and
22    Vocational Education Building.  Any  district  may  elect  to
23    exclude  Transportation from the calculation of its operating
24    tax rate.  Districts  may  include  taxes  extended  for  the
25    payment  of  principal and interest on bonds issued under the
26    provisions of Sections 17-2.11a and 20-2 at a  rate  of  .05%
27    per  year  for  each  purpose  or  the  actual rate extended,
28    whichever is less.
29        (c)  For calculation of aid under  this  Act  a  district
30    shall  use the combined authorized tax rates of all funds not
31    exempt in (b) above, not to exceed 2.76% of the value of  all
32    its   taxable  property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the
33    Department  of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining   grades
34    kindergarten  through  12;  1.90%  of  the  value  of all its
HB0452 Enrolled             -58-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    taxable property as equalized or assessed by  the  Department
 2    of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining  grades kindergarten
 3    through 8 only;  1.10%  of  the  value  of  all  its  taxable
 4    property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the  Department of
 5    Revenue for districts maintaining grades 9 through  12  only.
 6    A  district may, however, as provided in Article 17, increase
 7    its operating tax rate above the  maximum  rate  provided  in
 8    this  subsection without affecting the amount of State aid to
 9    which it is entitled under this Act.
10        (d) (1)  For districts  maintaining  grades  kindergarten
11    through  12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described in
12    subsections 5(b) and (c) of less than  2.18%,  and  districts
13    maintaining  grades  kindergarten through 8 with an operating
14    tax rate of less than 1.28%, State aid shall be  computed  by
15    multiplying  the  difference between the guaranteed equalized
16    assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil in subsection  5(a)
17    and  the  equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil
18    in the district by the operating tax rate, multiplied by  the
19    weighted  average daily attendance of the district; provided,
20    however, that for the 1989-1990 school year  only,  a  school
21    district  maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through  8 whose
22    operating tax rate with reference to which its general  State
23    aid  for the 1989-1990 school year is determined is less than
24    1.28% and more than 1.090%, and which had  an  operating  tax
25    rate  of  1.28% or more for the previous year, shall have its
26    general State aid computed according  to  the  provisions  of
27    subsection 5(d)(2).
28        (2)  For   districts   maintaining   grades  kindergarten
29    through 12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described  in
30    subsection  5(b)  and  (c)  of 2.18% and above, the State aid
31    shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)  (1)  but  as
32    though  the  district  had an operating tax rate of 2.76%; in
33    K-8 districts with an operating tax rate of 1.28% and  above,
34    the State aid shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)
HB0452 Enrolled             -59-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    (1)  but  as though the district had an operating tax rate of
 2    1.90%; and in 9-12 districts, the State aid shall be computed
 3    by  multiplying  the  difference   between   the   guaranteed
 4    equalized  assessed  valuation  per  weighted  average  daily
 5    attendance   pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  and  the  equalized
 6    assessed valuation  per  weighted  average  daily  attendance
 7    pupil  in  the  district  by  the  operating tax rate, not to
 8    exceed  1.10%,  multiplied  by  the  weighted  average  daily
 9    attendance of the district.  State  aid  computed  under  the
10    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d) (2) shall be treated as
11    separate from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to  this
12    Section.   The  State  Comptroller  and State Treasurer shall
13    transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the  Common  School
14    Fund  the amounts necessary to permit these claims to be paid
15    in equal installments along with  other  State  aid  payments
16    remaining to be made for the 1983-1984 school year under this
17    Section.
18        (3)  For   any   school  district  whose  1995  equalized
19    assessed  valuation  is  at  least  6%  less  than  its  1994
20    equalized assessed valuation as the result of a reduction  in
21    the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  the taxable property
22    within such  district  of  any  one  taxpayer  whose  taxable
23    property  within  the  district has a 1994 equalized assessed
24    valuation constituting at least 20%  of  the  1994  equalized
25    assessed   valuation  of  all  taxable  property  within  the
26    district, the 1996-97 State aid of  such  district  shall  be
27    computed using its 1995 equalized assessed valuation.
28        (4)  For   any   school  district  whose  1988  equalized
29    assessed valuation is 55%  or  less  of  its  1981  equalized
30    assessed  valuation,  the  1990-91 State aid of such district
31    shall be computed by multiplying the 1988 equalized  assessed
32    valuation  by a factor of .8.  Any such school district which
33    is reorganized effective for the 1991-92  school  year  shall
34    use the formula provided in this subparagraph for purposes of
HB0452 Enrolled             -60-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    the  calculation  made  pursuant  to  subsection  (m) of this
 2    Section.
 3        (e)  The amount of State aid shall be computed under  the
 4    provisions  of  subsections  5(a)  through  5(d) provided the
 5    equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil  is  less
 6    than  .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a). If the equalized
 7    assessed valuation per weighted ADA  pupil  is  equal  to  or
 8    greater than .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a), the State
 9    aid  shall  be  computed  under  the provisions of subsection
10    5(f).
11        (f)  If the equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA
12    pupil is equal to or greater  than  .87  of  the  amounts  in
13    subsection  5(a),  the State aid per weighted ADA pupil shall
14    be computed by multiplying  the  product  of  .13  times  the
15    maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed under the provisions of
16    subsections 5(a) through 5(d)  by  an  amount  equal  to  the
17    quotient  of  .87  times the equalized assessed valuation per
18    weighted ADA pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  for  that  type  of
19    district  divided  by  the  district  equalized valuation per
20    weighted ADA pupil except  in  no  case  shall  the  district
21    receive  State  aid  per  weighted ADA pupil of less than .07
22    times  the  maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed  under  the
23    provisions of subsections 5(a) through 5(d).
24        (g)  In addition  to  the  above  grants,  summer  school
25    grants  shall  be made based upon the calculation as provided
26    in subsection 4 of this Section.
27        (h)  The board of  any  district  receiving  any  of  the
28    grants  provided for in this Section may apply those funds to
29    any fund so received for which that board  is  authorized  to
30    make expenditures by law.
31        (i) (1) (a)  In  school  districts  with an average daily
32    attendance of 50,000 or more, the amount  which  is  provided
33    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the application of a
34    base  Chapter 1 weighting factor of .375 shall be distributed
HB0452 Enrolled             -61-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to the attendance centers within the district  in  proportion
 2    to  the  number  of pupils enrolled at each attendance center
 3    who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches  or
 4    breakfasts  under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 and
 5    under the National School Lunch Act  during  the  immediately
 6    preceding  school  year.   The  amount  of State aid provided
 7    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the  application  of
 8    the  Chapter  1  weighting  factor in excess of .375 shall be
 9    distributed to the attendance centers within the district  in
10    proportion to the total enrollment at each attendance center.
11    Beginning  with  school  year  1989-90,  and each school year
12    thereafter, all funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this
13    Section by the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor
14    which  are  in  excess of the level of non-targeted Chapter 1
15    funds  in  school  year  1988-89  shall  be  distributed   to
16    attendance  centers,  and  only to attendance centers, within
17    the district in proportion to the number of  pupils  enrolled
18    at each attendance center who are eligible to receive free or
19    reduced  price  lunches or breakfasts under the Federal Child
20    Nutrition Act and under the National School Lunch Act  during
21    the  immediately  preceding school year.  Beginning in school
22    year 1989-90, 25% of the previously  non-targeted  Chapter  1
23    funds  as  established  for school year 1988-89 shall also be
24    distributed to the attendance centers, and only to attendance
25    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
26    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
27    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
28    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
29    Lunch Act during the immediately preceding  school  year;  in
30    school  year  1990-91,  50%  of  the  previously non-targeted
31    Chapter 1 funds as established for school year 1988-89  shall
32    be  distributed to attendance centers, and only to attendance
33    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
34    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
HB0452 Enrolled             -62-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    receive  such  free  or  reduced  price lunches or breakfasts
 2    during the immediately preceding school year; in school  year
 3    1991-92,  75%  of the previously non-targeted Chapter 1 funds
 4    as established for school year 1988-89 shall  be  distributed
 5    to attendance centers, and only to attendance centers, in the
 6    district  in  proportion  to the number of pupils enrolled at
 7    each attendance center who are eligible to receive such  free
 8    or reduced price lunches or breakfasts during the immediately
 9    preceding school year; in school year 1992-93 and thereafter,
10    all  funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this Section by
11    the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor  shall  be
12    distributed  to  attendance  centers,  and only to attendance
13    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
14    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
15    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
16    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
17    Lunch Act  during  the  immediately  preceding  school  year;
18    provided,  however,  that  the distribution formula in effect
19    beginning with school year 1989-90 shall not be applicable to
20    such portion of State aid provided under subsection 1 (n)  of
21    this  Section  by  the application of the Chapter 1 weighting
22    formula as is  set  aside  and  appropriated  by  the  school
23    district  for the purpose of providing desegregation programs
24    and related transportation to students (which  portion  shall
25    not  exceed  5%  of  the  total  amount of State aid which is
26    provided  under  subsection  1  (n)  of   this   Section   by
27    application  of  the  Chapter  1  weighting formula), and the
28    relevant  percentages  shall  be  applied  to  the  remaining
29    portion  of  such  State  aid.   The  distribution  of  these
30    portions  of  general  State  aid  among  attendance  centers
31    according to these requirements shall not be compensated  for
32    or  contravened  by  adjustments  of the total of other funds
33    appropriated to any attendance centers.   (b)  The  Board  of
34    Education  shall  utilize funding from one or several sources
HB0452 Enrolled             -63-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    in order to fully implement this provision annually prior  to
 2    the  opening  of  school.  The Board of Education shall apply
 3    savings from  reduced  administrative  costs  required  under
 4    Section  34-43.1  and growth in non-Chapter 1 State and local
 5    funds to assure that all attendance centers  receive  funding
 6    to replace losses due to redistribution of Chapter 1 funding.
 7    The distribution formula and funding to replace losses due to
 8    the  distribution formula shall occur, in full, using any and
 9    all sources available, including, if necessary, revenue  from
10    administrative  reductions  beyond  those required in Section
11    34-43.1, in order to provide the necessary funds.   (c)  Each
12    attendance  center shall be provided by the school district a
13    distribution of noncategorical funds  and  other  categorical
14    funds  to which an attendance center is entitled under law in
15    order that the State  aid  provided  by  application  of  the
16    Chapter  1  weighting  factor  and required to be distributed
17    among attendance centers according  to  the  requirements  of
18    this   paragraph   supplements   rather  than  supplants  the
19    noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided  by
20    the    school    district    to   the   attendance   centers.
21    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of  this  subsection
22    5(i)(1)  or any other law to the contrary, beginning with the
23    1995-1996 school year and for each  school  year  thereafter,
24    the  board  of  a  school district to which the provisions of
25    this subsection  apply  shall  be  required  to  allocate  or
26    provide  to  attendance  centers  of the district in any such
27    school year, from the State aid  provided  for  the  district
28    under  this Section by application of the Chapter 1 weighting
29    factor, an aggregate amount of not less than $261,000,000  of
30    State  Chapter  1  funds.  Any  State Chapter 1 funds that by
31    reason of the provisions of this paragraph are  not  required
32    to  be  allocated  and  provided to attendance centers may be
33    used and appropriated by the board of the  district  for  any
34    lawful  school  purpose.    Chapter  1  funds  received by an
HB0452 Enrolled             -64-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    attendance  center  (except  those  funds   set   aside   for
 2    desegregation   programs   and   related   transportation  to
 3    students) shall be used on the schedule cited in this Section
 4    at the attendance center at the discretion of  the  principal
 5    and  local school council for programs to improve educational
 6    opportunities at qualifying  schools  through  the  following
 7    programs  and  services:  early  childhood education, reduced
 8    class size or improved  adult  to  student  classroom  ratio,
 9    enrichment    programs,   remedial   assistance,   attendance
10    improvement and other educationally  beneficial  expenditures
11    which supplement the regular and basic programs as determined
12    by  the  State Board of Education.  Chapter 1 funds shall not
13    be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined
14    by board rule. (d) Each district subject to the provisions of
15    this paragraph shall submit an acceptable plan  to  meet  the
16    educational  needs  of  disadvantaged children, in compliance
17    with the requirements of this paragraph, to the  State  Board
18    of  Education  prior to July 15 of each year. This plan shall
19    be consistent with the decisions  of  local  school  councils
20    concerning   the   school   expenditure  plans  developed  in
21    accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3.   The  State  Board
22    shall  approve  or  reject  the plan within 60 days after its
23    submission.  If the plan is rejected the district shall  give
24    written notice of intent to modify the plan within 15 days of
25    the notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
26    within 30 days after the date of the written notice of intent
27    to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans pursuant to
28    rules promulgated by the State Board of Education.
29        Upon notification by the State Board  of  Education  that
30    the  district  has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a
31    modified plan within the time period  specified  herein,  the
32    State  aid funds affected by said plan or modified plan shall
33    be withheld by the State Board of Education until a  plan  or
34    modified plan is submitted.
HB0452 Enrolled             -65-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        If   the  district  fails  to  distribute  State  aid  to
 2    attendance centers in accordance with an approved  plan,  the
 3    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in addition
 4    to  the  funds  otherwise  required  by this subparagraph, to
 5    those attendance centers which were  underfunded  during  the
 6    previous year in amounts equal to such underfunding.
 7        For   purposes   of   determining  compliance  with  this
 8    subsection  in  relation  to  Chapter  1  expenditures,  each
 9    district subject to the provisions of this  subsection  shall
10    submit  as  a  separate document by December 1 of each year a
11    report of Chapter 1 expenditure data for the  prior  year  in
12    addition  to  any modification of its current plan.  If it is
13    determined that there has been a failure to comply  with  the
14    expenditure   provisions   of   this   subsection   regarding
15    contravention  or  supplanting,  the  State Superintendent of
16    Education shall, within 60 days of  receipt  of  the  report,
17    notify  the  district  and any affected local school council.
18    The  district  shall  within  45  days  of  receipt  of  that
19    notification inform the State Superintendent of Education  of
20    the  remedial  or  corrective action to be taken, whether  by
21    amendment of the current plan, if feasible, or by  adjustment
22    in  the  plan for the following year.  Failure to provide the
23    expenditure  report  or  the  notification  of  remedial   or
24    corrective  action  in  a  timely  manner  shall  result in a
25    withholding of the affected funds.
26        The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules  and
27    regulations  to  implement  the provisions of this subsection
28    5(i)(1).  No funds shall be released under subsection 1(n) of
29    this Section or under this subsection 5(i)(1) to any district
30    which has not submitted a plan which has been approved by the
31    State Board of Education.
32        (2)  School districts with an average daily attendance of
33    more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 and having a low  income
34    pupil  weighting  factor in excess of .53 shall submit a plan
HB0452 Enrolled             -66-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to the State Board of Education prior to October 30  of  each
 2    year  for the use of the funds resulting from the application
 3    of subsection 1(n) of this Section  for  the  improvement  of
 4    instruction  in  which  priority  is  given  to  meeting  the
 5    education  needs  of disadvantaged children.  Such plan shall
 6    be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and   regulations
 7    promulgated by the State Board of Education.
 8        (j)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
 9    Section, with respect to any part of a school district within
10    a   redevelopment   project   area  in  respect  to  which  a
11    municipality has adopted tax increment  allocation  financing
12    pursuant  to  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act,
13    Sections  11-74.4-1  through  11-74.4-11  of   the   Illinois
14    Municipal  Code or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections
15    11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal  Code,
16    no  part  of the current equalized assessed valuation of real
17    property  located  in  any  such  project   area   which   is
18    attributable to an increase above the total initial equalized
19    assessed   valuation  of  such  property  shall  be  used  in
20    computing the equalized assessed valuation per  weighted  ADA
21    pupil  in  the district, until such time as all redevelopment
22    project  costs  have  been  paid,  as  provided  in   Section
23    11-74.4-8  of  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act
24    or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.
25    For the purpose of computing the equalized assessed valuation
26    per weighted ADA pupil in  the  district  the  total  initial
27    equalized   assessed   valuation  or  the  current  equalized
28    assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be  used  until
29    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
30        (k)  For  a school district operating under the financial
31    supervision of an Authority created under  Article  34A,  the
32    State  aid  otherwise  payable  to  that  district under this
33    Section, other than  State  aid  attributable  to  Chapter  1
34    students,  shall  be reduced by an amount equal to the budget
HB0452 Enrolled             -67-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    for the operations of  the  Authority  as  certified  by  the
 2    Authority  to  the  State  Board  of Education, and an amount
 3    equal to such  reduction  shall  be  paid  to  the  Authority
 4    created  for  such district for its operating expenses in the
 5    manner provided in Section 18-11.   The  remainder  of  State
 6    school  aid for any such district shall be paid in accordance
 7    with Article 34A when that Article provides for a disposition
 8    other than that provided by this Article.
 9        (l)  For purposes of calculating  State  aid  under  this
10    Section,  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  for  a  school
11    district  used  to  compute  State aid shall be determined by
12    adding to the real property equalized assessed valuation  for
13    the  district  an  amount  computed by dividing the amount of
14    money received by the district under the  provisions  of  "An
15    Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem personal
16    property tax and the replacement of revenues  lost  thereby",
17    certified  August  14,  1979,  by  the total tax rate for the
18    district. For purposes of  this  subsection  1976  tax  rates
19    shall  be used for school districts in the county of Cook and
20    1977 tax rates shall be used  for  school  districts  in  all
21    other counties.
22        (m) (1)  For  a  new  school district formed by combining
23    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
24    existing school districts, for its first year of existence or
25    if  the  new  district  was formed after October 31, 1982 and
26    prior  to  September  23,  1985,  for  the  year  immediately
27    following September 23, 1985, the State aid calculated  under
28    this  Section  shall be computed for the new district and for
29    the previously  existing  districts  for  which  property  is
30    totally included within the new district.  If the computation
31    on the basis of the previously existing districts is greater,
32    a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made
33    for  the first 3 years of existence of the new district or if
34    the new district was formed after October 31, 1982 and  prior
HB0452 Enrolled             -68-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    to  September 23, 1985, for the 3 years immediately following
 2    September 23, 1985.
 3        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
 4    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
 5    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
 6    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
 7    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8,  the  State
 8    aid  calculated  under this Section shall be computed for the
 9    annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
10    the annexing and each annexed district as  constituted  prior
11    to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the
12    annexing  and  annexed  districts as constituted prior to the
13    annexation is greater, a supplementary payment equal  to  the
14    difference  shall  be made for the first 3 years of existence
15    of the annexing school  district  as  constituted  upon  such
16    annexation.
17        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
18    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
19    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
20    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
21    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
22    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
23    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
24    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
25    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
26    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
27    as the case may be,  the  State  aid  calculated  under  this
28    Section  shall  be  computed  for  each annexing or resulting
29    district as constituted after the annexation or division  and
30    for each annexing and annexed district, or for each resulting
31    and  divided district, as constituted prior to the annexation
32    or division; and if the aggregate of  the  State  aid  as  so
33    computed   for   the   annexing  or  resulting  districts  as
34    constituted after the annexation or division is less than the
HB0452 Enrolled             -69-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    aggregate of the State aid as so computed  for  the  annexing
 2    and  annexed  districts,  or  for  the  resulting and divided
 3    districts,  as  constituted  prior  to  the   annexation   or
 4    division,   then   a   supplementary  payment  equal  to  the
 5    difference shall be made and allocated between or  among  the
 6    annexing  or  resulting  districts,  as constituted upon such
 7    annexation or division,  for  the  first  3  years  of  their
 8    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
 9    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
10    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
11    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
12    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
13    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
14    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
15    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
16    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
17    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
18    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
19    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
20    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
21    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
22    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
23    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
24    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
25    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
26    located.
27        (4)  If a unit school district annexes all the  territory
28    of  another  unit  school district effective for all purposes
29    pursuant to Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part  of  the
30    annexed  territory  is  detached within 90 days after July 1,
31    1988, then the detachment shall be disregarded  in  computing
32    the supplementary State aid payments under this paragraph (m)
33    for  the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State aid
34    payments shall not be diminished because of the detachment.
HB0452 Enrolled             -70-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        (5)  Any supplementary State aid payment made under  this
 2    paragraph  (m)  shall  be  treated as separate from all other
 3    payments made pursuant to this Section.
 4        (n)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
 5    Section, the real property equalized assessed valuation for a
 6    school district used to compute State aid shall be determined
 7    by subtracting from the real property value as  equalized  or
 8    assessed  by  the  Department  of Revenue for the district an
 9    amount computed by dividing the amount of  any  abatement  of
10    taxes  under  Section  18-170 of the Property Tax Code by the
11    maximum operating tax rates specified in subsection  5(c)  of
12    this Section and an amount computed by dividing the amount of
13    any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165
14    of  the  Property Tax Code by the maximum operating tax rates
15    specified in subsection 5(c) of this Section.
16        (o)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
17    Section,  for  the  1996-1997  school  year the amount of the
18    aggregate general State  aid  entitlement  that  is  received
19    under  this  Section  by each school district for that school
20    year shall be not less  than  the  amount  of  the  aggregate
21    general  State  aid  entitlement  that  was  received  by the
22    district under this Section for the  1995-1996  school  year.
23    If a school district is to receive an aggregate general State
24    aid  entitlement  under this Section for the 1996-1997 school
25    year that is less than the amount of  the  aggregate  general
26    State  aid  entitlement that the district received under this
27    Section for the 1995-1996 school year,  the  school  district
28    shall  also  receive,  from a separate appropriation made for
29    purposes of this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment  that
30    is  equal  to  the  amount  by  which  the  general State aid
31    entitlement received by the district under this  Section  for
32    the  1995-1996  school  year  exceeds  the  general State aid
33    entitlement that  the  district  is  to  receive  under  this
34    Section for the 1996-1997 school year.
HB0452 Enrolled             -71-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for
 2    the 1997-1998 school year the amount of the aggregate general
 3    State  aid entitlement that is received under this Section by
 4    each school district for that school year shall be  not  less
 5    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
 6    entitlement that was received  by  the  district  under  this
 7    Section  for the 1996-1997 school year.  If a school district
 8    is to receive an  aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement
 9    under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year that is less
10    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
11    entitlement that the district received under this Section for
12    the 1996-1997 school year, the  school  district  shall  also
13    receive,  from  a separate appropriation made for purposes of
14    this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment that is equal  to
15    the  amount  by  which  the  general  State  aid  entitlement
16    received by the district under this Section for the 1996-1997
17    school  year  exceeds  the general State aid entitlement that
18    the district  is  to  receive  under  this  Section  for  the
19    1997-1998 school year.
20        If  the amount appropriated for supplementary payments to
21    school districts under this paragraph (o) is insufficient for
22    that purpose, the supplementary payments that  districts  are
23    to  receive  under this paragraph shall be prorated according
24    to  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  appropriation  made  for
25    purposes of this paragraph.
26        (p)  For the 1997-1998 school year only,  a  supplemental
27    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
28    districts in an amount equal to the greater of the result  of
29    part  (i) of this subsection or part (ii) of this subsection,
30    calculated as follows:
31             (i)  The general State  aid  received  by  a  school
32        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
33        shall  be  added to the sum of (A) the result obtained by
34        multiplying the 1995 equalized valuation of  all  taxable
HB0452 Enrolled             -72-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        property  in  the  district  by the fixed calculation tax
 2        rates of 3.0% for unit  districts,  2.0%  for  elementary
 3        districts and 1.0% for high school districts plus (B) the
 4        aggregate   corporate   personal   property   replacement
 5        revenues  received  by  the district during the 1996-1997
 6        school year.  That; (ii) The aggregate amount  determined
 7        under this part item (i) of this subsection 5(p) shall be
 8        divided  by  the  average  of  the best 3 months of pupil
 9        attendance in  the  district  for  the  1996-1997  school
10        year.;  and  (iii) If the result obtained by dividing the
11        aggregate amount determined under this part item  (i)  of
12        this  subsection 5(p) by the average of the best 3 months
13        of pupil attendance in the district as provided  in  item
14        (ii)  of  this  subsection  5(p) is less than $3,600, the
15        supplemental  general  State  aid  grant  for  that   the
16        district shall receive under this subsection 5(p) for the
17        1997-1998  school  year  shall  be  equal  to  the amount
18        determined by subtracting from $3,600 the result obtained
19        by dividing the aggregate amount  determined  under  this
20        part  item  (i)  of this subsection by the average of the
21        best 3 months of pupil  attendance  in  the  district  as
22        provided   in  item  (ii)  of  this  subsection,  and  by
23        multiplying that difference by the average of the best  3
24        months  of  pupil  attendance  in  the  district  for the
25        1996-1997 school year.
26             (ii)  The general State aid  received  by  a  school
27        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
28        shall  be  added to the sum of (A) the result obtained by
29        multiplying the 1995 equalized assessed valuation of  all
30        taxable  property  in  the  district  by  the  district's
31        applicable  1995  operating  tax  rate as defined in this
32        part (ii)  plus  (B)  the  aggregate  corporate  personal
33        property  replacement  revenues  received by the district
34        during the 1996-1997 school year.  That aggregate  amount
HB0452 Enrolled             -73-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        shall  be  divided by the average of the best 3 months of
 2        pupil attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school
 3        year.  If the result obtained by dividing  the  aggregate
 4        amount determined in this part (ii) by the average of the
 5        best 3 months of pupil attendance in the district is less
 6        than $4,100, the supplemental general State aid grant for
 7        that  district shall be equal to the amount determined by
 8        subtracting  from  the  $4,100  the  result  obtained  by
 9        dividing the aggregate amount  determined  in  this  part
10        (ii)  by  the  average  of  the  best  3  months of pupil
11        attendance  in  the  district  and  by  multiplying  that
12        difference by the average of the best 3 months  of  pupil
13        attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school year.
14        For  the purposes of this part (ii), the "applicable 1995
15        operating tax rate" shall mean  the  following:  (A)  for
16        unit districts with operating tax rates of 3.00% or less,
17        elementary districts with operating tax rates of 2.00% or
18        less,  and high school districts with operating tax rates
19        of 1.00% or less, the applicable 1995 operating tax  rate
20        shall  be  3.00% for unit districts, 2.00% for elementary
21        districts, and 1.00% for high school districts;  (B)  for
22        unit districts with operating tax rates of 4.50% or more,
23        elementary districts with operating tax rates of 3.00% or
24        more,  and high school districts with operating tax rates
25        of 1.85% or more, the applicable 1995 operating tax  rate
26        shall  be  4.50% for unit districts, 3.00% for elementary
27        districts, and 1.85% for high school districts;  and  (C)
28        for  unit districts with operating tax rates of more than
29        3.00% and less than 4.50%, for elementary districts  with
30        operating  tax  rates  of  more  than 2.00% and less than
31        3.00%, and for high school districts with  operating  tax
32        rates  of  more  than  1.00%  and  less  than  1.85%, the
33        applicable  1995  operating  tax  rate   shall   be   the
34        district's actual 1995 operating tax rate.
HB0452 Enrolled             -74-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item by the
 2    General   Assembly  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for
 3    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
 4    school districts for the 1997-1998 any school year under this
 5    subsection  5(p)  are  insufficient,  the   amount   of   the
 6    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
 7    those  school  districts  under this subsection 5(p) for that
 8    school year shall abate proportionately.
 9        (p-5)  For the 1997-98 school year only,  a  supplemental
10    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
11    districts based on the number of low-income  eligible  pupils
12    within  the  school  district.   For  the  purposes  of  this
13    subsection  5(p-5), "low-income eligible pupils" shall be the
14    low-income  eligible  pupil  count  from  the  most  recently
15    available federal census.  The supplemental general State aid
16    grant for each district shall  be  equal  to  the  number  of
17    low-income eligible pupils within that district multiplied by
18    $30.50.    If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item
19    by the General Assembly to the State Board of  Education  for
20    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
21    school  districts  for  the  1997-98  school  year under this
22    subsection  5(p-5)  are  insufficient,  the  amount  of   the
23    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
24    those   districts   under   this   subsection   shall   abate
25    proportionately.
26        B.  In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing
27    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
28    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
29    is  operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board of
30    Education shall require by rule such  reporting  requirements
31    as it deems necessary.
32        As  used  in  this  Section,  "laboratory school" means a
33    public school which is  created  and  operated  by  a  public
34    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
HB0452 Enrolled             -75-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    governing  board  of a public university which receives funds
 2    from the State Board under this subsection B may not increase
 3    the number of students enrolled in its laboratory school from
 4    a single district, if that district is already sending 50  or
 5    more  students,  except  under a mutual agreement between the
 6    school board of a student's district  of  residence  and  the
 7    university   which   operates   the   laboratory  school.   A
 8    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
 9    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
10    program.
11        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
12    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
13    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
14    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
15    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
16    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
17    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
18    training.
19        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
20    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
21    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  average  daily
22    attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
23    months' average daily attendance shall be computed  for  each
24    school.   The  weighted  average  daily  attendance  shall be
25    computed and the weighted average daily  attendance  for  the
26    school's  most recent 3 year average shall be compared to the
27    most  recent  weighted  average  daily  attendance,  and  the
28    greater of the 2 shall be used for the calculation under this
29    subsection B.  The general State  aid  entitlement  shall  be
30    computed  by  multiplying  the  school's student count by the
31    foundation level as determined under this Section.
32        C.  This Section is repealed July 1, 1998.
33    (Source: P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;
34    89-397, eff.  8-20-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;  89-618,  eff.
HB0452 Enrolled             -76-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    8-9-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 89-679, eff. 8-16-96; 90-9, eff.
 2    7-1-97; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
 3        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 new)
 4        Sec.  18-8.05.  Basis  for apportionment of general State
 5    financial aid and  supplemental  general  State  aid  to  the
 6    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.
 7    (A)  General Provisions.
 8        (1)  The   provisions   of  this  Section  apply  to  the
 9    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
10    State financial aid provided for in this Section is  designed
11    to  assure that, through a combination of State financial aid
12    and required local resources, the financial support  provided
13    each  pupil  in  Average Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
14    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
15    imputes a level of per pupil Available  Local  Resources  and
16    provides  for  the  basis  to  calculate a per pupil level of
17    general State financial aid that,  when  added  to  Available
18    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
19    amount  of  per  pupil general State financial aid for school
20    districts,  in  general,  varies  in  inverse   relation   to
21    Available  Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based upon
22    each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that  term
23    is defined in this Section.
24        (2)  In  addition  to general State financial aid, school
25    districts with specified levels or concentrations  of  pupils
26    from   low   income   households   are  eligible  to  receive
27    supplemental general State financial aid grants  as  provided
28    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
29    provided  for  school districts under subsection (H) shall be
30    appropriated for distribution to school districts as part  of
31    the  same  line item in which the general State financial aid
32    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
33        (3)  To receive financial assistance under this  Section,
HB0452 Enrolled             -77-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    school  districts  are required to file claims with the State
 2    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
 3             (a)  Any school district which fails for  any  given
 4        school  year to maintain school as required by law, or to
 5        maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file  for
 6        such  school  year any claim upon the Common School Fund.
 7        In case of  nonrecognition  of  one  or  more  attendance
 8        centers   in   a   school  district  otherwise  operating
 9        recognized schools, the claim of the  district  shall  be
10        reduced   in  the  proportion  which  the  Average  Daily
11        Attendance in the attendance center or  centers  bear  to
12        the  Average  Daily Attendance in the school district.  A
13        "recognized school" means any public school  which  meets
14        the standards as established for recognition by the State
15        Board  of  Education.   A  school  district or attendance
16        center not having recognition status  at  the  end  of  a
17        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
18        upon   a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it  was
19        recognized.
20             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
21        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
22        otherwise provided in this Section.
23             (c)  If a  school  district  operates  a  full  year
24        school  under  Section  10-19.1, the general State aid to
25        the school district shall  be  determined  by  the  State
26        Board  of  Education  in  accordance with this Section as
27        near as may be applicable.
28             (d)  Claims  for  financial  assistance  under  this
29        Section shall  not  be  recomputed  except  as  expressly
30        provided under this Section.
31        (4)  Except  as  provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
32    board of any district receiving any of  the  grants  provided
33    for  in  this  Section  may  apply those funds to any fund so
34    received  for  which  that  board  is  authorized   to   make
HB0452 Enrolled             -78-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    expenditures by law.
 2        School  districts  are  not  required  to exert a minimum
 3    Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for  assistance  under
 4    this Section.
 5        (5)  As  used  in  this Section the following terms, when
 6    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
 7             (a)  "Average Daily Attendance":  A count  of  pupil
 8        attendance   in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for  in
 9        subsection  (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per   pupil
10        financial support levels.
11             (b)  "Available  Local Resources":  A computation of
12        local financial support, calculated on the basis  Average
13        Daily  Attendance  and  derived  as  provided pursuant to
14        subsection (D).
15             (c)  "Corporate   Personal   Property    Replacement
16        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
17        "An  Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem
18        personal property tax and  the  replacement  of  revenues
19        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
20        parts  of Acts in connection therewith", certified August
21        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
22             (d)  "Foundation Level":  A prescribed level of  per
23        pupil  financial  support  as  provided for in subsection
24        (B).
25             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
26        property  taxes  extended  for   all   purposes,   except
27        community college educational purposes for the payment of
28        tuition under Section 6-1 of the Public Community College
29        Act,  Bond  and  Interest,  Summer  School, Rent, Capital
30        Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
31    (B)  Foundation Level.
32        (1)  The Foundation Level is a figure established by  the
33    State  representing  the minimum level of per pupil financial
34    support that should be available to  provide  for  the  basic
HB0452 Enrolled             -79-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    education  of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As set
 2    forth in this Section, each school  district  is  assumed  to
 3    exert   a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,  in
 4    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
 5    provided the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and  local
 6    resources  are available to meet the basic education needs of
 7    pupils in the district.
 8        (2)  For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation  Level
 9    of  support  is  $4,225.   For the 1999-2000 school year, the
10    Foundation Level of support is  $4,325.   For  the  2000-2001
11    school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425.
12        (3)  For  the  2001-2002 school year and each school year
13    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425 or such
14    greater amount as may be established by law  by  the  General
15    Assembly.
16    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
17        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
18    pursuant to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily  Attendance
19    figure  shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily Attendance
20    figure for formula calculation purposes shall be the  monthly
21    average  of the actual number of pupils in attendance of each
22    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
23    pupil attendance for each school district.  In compiling  the
24    figures  for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance, school
25    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
26    purposes of general State  aid  funding,  conform  attendance
27    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
28        (2)  The  Average  Daily  Attendance  figures utilized in
29    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
30    school year immediately preceding the school year  for  which
31    general State aid is being calculated.
32    (D)  Available Local Resources.
33        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
HB0452 Enrolled             -80-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    pursuant to subsection (E),  a  representation  of  Available
 2    Local  Resources  per  pupil,  as  that  term  is defined and
 3    determined in this subsection, shall be utilized.   Available
 4    Local  Resources  per pupil shall include a calculated dollar
 5    amount representing local school district revenues from local
 6    property  taxes  and   from   Corporate   Personal   Property
 7    Replacement  Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils in
 8    Average Daily Attendance.
 9        (2)  In determining  a  school  district's  revenue  from
10    local  property  taxes,  the  State  Board of Education shall
11    utilize the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all  taxable
12    property  of  each  school district as of September 30 of the
13    previous year.  The  equalized  assessed  valuation  utilized
14    shall  be  obtained  and determined as provided in subsection
15    (G).
16        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
17    through 12, local property tax revenues per  pupil  shall  be
18    calculated   as  the  product  of  the  applicable  equalized
19    assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%,  and
20    divided  by  the  district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
21    For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten  through
22    8,  local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated
23    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
24    for the district multiplied by  2.30%,  and  divided  by  the
25    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
26    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
27    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
28    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.20%, and divided by
29    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
30        (4)  The  Corporate  Personal  Property Replacement Taxes
31    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
32    before the calendar year  in  which  a  school  year  begins,
33    divided  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure for that
34    district, shall be added to the local property  tax  revenues
HB0452 Enrolled             -81-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    per  pupil  as  derived by the application of the immediately
 2    preceding paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil  figures
 3    for  each  school  district  shall constitute Available Local
 4    Resources as that term is utilized in subsection (E)  in  the
 5    calculation of general State aid.
 6    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
 7        (1)  For  each  school  year, the amount of general State
 8    aid allotted to a school district shall be  computed  by  the
 9    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
10        (2)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
11    Resources per pupil is less than the product  of  0.93  times
12    the  Foundation  Level,  general  State aid for that district
13    shall be calculated as an  amount  equal  to  the  Foundation
14    Level  minus  Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied by the
15    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
16        (3)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
17    Resources  per  pupil is equal to or greater than the product
18    of 0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the  product
19    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
20    pupil  shall  be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
21    derived  using  a  linear  algorithm.   Under   this   linear
22    algorithm,  the  calculated general State aid per pupil shall
23    decline  in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times   the
24    Foundation  Level  for a school district with Available Local
25    Resources equal to the product of 0.93 times  the  Foundation
26    Level,  to  0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for a school
27    district with Available Local Resources equal to the  product
28    of  1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation of
29    general State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to  this
30    paragraph  3  shall  be  the calculated general State aid per
31    pupil figure multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of
32    the school district.
33        (4)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
34    Resources per pupil equals or exceeds  the  product  of  1.75
HB0452 Enrolled             -82-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    times  the  Foundation  Level,  the general State aid for the
 2    school district shall be calculated as the  product  of  $218
 3    multiplied  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance of the school
 4    district.
 5    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
 6        (1)  Each school district shall, by July 1 of each  year,
 7    submit  to  the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed
 8    by the State Board of Education, attendance figures  for  the
 9    school  year  that began in the preceding calendar year.  The
10    attendance information  so  transmitted  shall  identify  the
11    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
12    year,  except  that any days of attendance in August shall be
13    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
14    June shall be added to the month of May.
15        Except as otherwise provided in  this  Section,  days  of
16    attendance  by  pupils  shall be counted only for sessions of
17    not less than 5 clock hours of  school  work  per  day  under
18    direct  supervision  of:  (i)  teachers, or (ii) non-teaching
19    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
20    non-teaching  duties  and  supervising  in  those   instances
21    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
22    10  of  Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age and in
23    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
24        Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be  accredited
25    only  to  the  districts that pay the tuition to a recognized
26    school.
27        (2)  Days of attendance by pupils of less  than  5  clock
28    hours  of school shall be subject to the following provisions
29    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
30             (a)  Pupils regularly enrolled in  a  public  school
31        for  only  a part of the school day may be counted on the
32        basis of 1/6 day for every class hour of  instruction  of
33        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
34             (b)  Days  of  attendance  may  be less than 5 clock
HB0452 Enrolled             -83-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        hours on the opening and closing of the school term,  and
 2        upon  the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by a
 3        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
 4        workshop.
 5             (c)  A session of 4  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
 6        counted  as a day of attendance upon certification by the
 7        regional  superintendent,  and  approved  by  the   State
 8        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
 9        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
10             (d)  A  session  of  3  or  more  clock hours may be
11        counted as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder  of
12        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
13        day  is  utilized  for an in-service training program for
14        teachers, up to a maximum of 5 days per  school  year  of
15        which  a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
16        parent-teacher conferences, provided a district  conducts
17        an  in-service  training  program  for teachers which has
18        been approved by the State Superintendent  of  Education;
19        or,  in  lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in
20        which event each such day may be  counted  as  a  day  of
21        attendance;  and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to those
22        provided in item (1) are scheduled by a  school  pursuant
23        to  its  school improvement plan adopted under Article 34
24        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
25        under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3  or
26        more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
27        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
28        such sessions occur are utilized for in-service  training
29        programs   or  other  staff  development  activities  for
30        teachers, and (iii) a sufficient  number  of  minutes  of
31        school  work under the direct supervision of teachers are
32        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
33        sessions to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number  of
34        minutes  by  which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours
HB0452 Enrolled             -84-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full days used  for  the
 2        purposes  of  this  paragraph shall not be considered for
 3        computing average daily attendance.  Days  scheduled  for
 4        in-service    training    programs,   staff   development
 5        activities,  or   parent-teacher   conferences   may   be
 6        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
 7        different attendance centers of the district.
 8             (e)  A  session  of  not  less  than  one clock hour
 9        teaching of hospitalized or homebound pupils  on-site  or
10        by  telephone  to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day
11        of attendance, however these pupils  must  receive  4  or
12        more  clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full
13        day of attendance.
14             (f)  A session of at least  4  clock  hours  may  be
15        counted  as  a  day of attendance for first grade pupils,
16        and pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of  2
17        or  more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
18        pupils in kindergartens which provide  only  1/2  day  of
19        attendance.
20             (g)  For  children  with  disabilities who are below
21        the age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more  clock
22        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
23        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
24        1/2  day  of  attendance; however for such children whose
25        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
26        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
27             (h)  A recognized kindergarten  which  provides  for
28        only  1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have
29        more than 1/2 day of attendance counted  in  any  1  day.
30        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
31        in  any  5 consecutive school days.  When a pupil attends
32        such a kindergarten for 2 half days  on  any  one  school
33        day,  the  pupil  shall  have  the following day as a day
34        absent from school, unless the  school  district  obtains
HB0452 Enrolled             -85-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        permission  in  writing  from the State Superintendent of
 2        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
 3        a full day of attendance by each pupil shall  be  counted
 4        the  same  as attendance by first grade pupils.  Only the
 5        first year of attendance in  one  kindergarten  shall  be
 6        counted,  except  in  case  of  children  who entered the
 7        kindergarten  in  their  fifth  year  whose   educational
 8        development  requires  a  second  year of kindergarten as
 9        determined under the rules and regulations of  the  State
10        Board of Education.
11    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
12        (1)  For  purposes  of the calculation of Available Local
13    Resources required pursuant  to  subsection  (D),  the  State
14    Board  of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department of
15    Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by the  Department
16    of  Revenue  of all taxable property of every school district
17    together with the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes
18    for the funds of the district  as  of  September  30  of  the
19    previous year.
20        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
21    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
22    calculation of Available Local Resources.
23        (2)  The  equalized  assessed  valuation in paragraph (1)
24    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
25             (a)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
26        this Section, with  respect  to  any  part  of  a  school
27        district  within  a redevelopment project area in respect
28        to  which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax   increment
29        allocation   financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax  Increment
30        Allocation Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1  through
31        11-74.4-11   of   the  Illinois  Municipal  Code  or  the
32        Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1  through
33        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
34        current  equalized  assessed  valuation  of real property
HB0452 Enrolled             -86-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        located in any such project area which is attributable to
 2        an increase above the total  initial  equalized  assessed
 3        valuation  of  such property shall be used as part of the
 4        equalized assessed valuation of the district, until  such
 5        time  as  all redevelopment project costs have been paid,
 6        as provided in Section 11-74.4-8  of  the  Tax  Increment
 7        Allocation  Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
 8        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
 9        equalized assessed valuation of the district,  the  total
10        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
11        equalized  assessed  valuation, whichever is lower, shall
12        be used until such  time  as  all  redevelopment  project
13        costs have been paid.
14             (b)  The  real property equalized assessed valuation
15        for a school district shall be  adjusted  by  subtracting
16        from  the real property value as equalized or assessed by
17        the Department of Revenue  for  the  district  an  amount
18        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
19        under  Section  18-170  of the Property Tax Code by 3.00%
20        for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12
21        or  by  2.30%   for   a   district   maintaining   grades
22        kindergarten  through  8,  or  by  1.20%  for  a district
23        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
24        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
25        under subsection (a) of Section 18-165  of  the  Property
26        Tax  Code  by the same percentage rates for district type
27        as specified in this subparagraph (c).
28    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
29        (1)  In addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a  school
30    district  is  allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying
31    school districts shall receive a grant, paid  in  conjunction
32    with   a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,  for
33    supplemental general State aid based upon  the  concentration
34    level  of  children  from  low-income  households  within the
HB0452 Enrolled             -87-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    school district. Supplemental State aid grants  provided  for
 2    school  districts under this subsection shall be appropriated
 3    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
 4    item in which the  general  State  financial  aid  of  school
 5    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
 6    this  subsection,  the  term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
 7    shall be the low-income eligible pupil count  from  the  most
 8    recently  available  federal  census  divided  by the Average
 9    Daily Attendance of the school district.
10        (2)  Supplemental general  State  aid  pursuant  to  this
11    subsection shall be provided as follows:
12             (a)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
13        Concentration Level of at least 20% and  less  than  35%,
14        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
15        the low income eligible pupil count.
16             (b)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
17        Concentration Level of at least 35% and  less  than  50%,
18        the  grant  for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100
19        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
20             (c)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
21        Concentration  Level  of  at least 50% and less than 60%,
22        the grant for the 1998-99 school  year  shall  be  $1,500
23        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
24             (d)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
25        Concentration Level of 60% or more,  the  grant  for  the
26        1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
27        income eligible pupil count.
28             (e)  For  the  1999-2000  school year, the per pupil
29        amount specified in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c),  and  (d),
30        immediately  above  shall be increased by $100 to $1,200,
31        $1,600, and $2,000, respectively.
32             (f)  For the 2000-2001 school year,  the  per  pupil
33        amounts  specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c)  and (d)
34        immediately above shall be increased to  $1,230,  $1,640,
HB0452 Enrolled             -88-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        and $2,050, respectively.
 2        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
 3    more  than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify for
 4    supplemental general State aid pursuant  to  this  subsection
 5    shall  submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
 6    October 30 of each year for the use of  the  funds  resulting
 7    from  this  grant  of  supplemental general State aid for the
 8    improvement of instruction in  which  priority  is  given  to
 9    meeting  the education needs of disadvantaged children.  Such
10    plan  shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules   and
11    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
12        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
13    50,000  or  more  that qualify for supplemental general State
14    aid  pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required   to
15    distribute  from funds available pursuant to this Section, no
16    less than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the  following
17    requirements:
18             (a)  The  required  amounts  shall be distributed to
19        the attendance centers within the district in  proportion
20        to  the  number  of  pupils  enrolled  at each attendance
21        center who are eligible to receive free or  reduced-price
22        lunches  or  breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition
23        Act of 1966 and  under  the  National  School  Lunch  Act
24        during the immediately preceding school year.
25             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
26        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
27        centers  according  to  these  requirements  shall not be
28        compensated for or  contravened  by  adjustments  of  the
29        total  of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any attendance
30        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
31        from one or several sources in order to  fully  implement
32        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
33             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
34        school  district  a  distribution of noncategorical funds
HB0452 Enrolled             -89-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
 2        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
 3        and  supplemental   general   State   aid   provided   by
 4        application  of  this  subsection supplements rather than
 5        supplants the noncategorical funds and other  categorical
 6        funds  provided  by the school district to the attendance
 7        centers.
 8             (d)  Any funds made available under this  subsection
 9        that  by  reason of the provisions of this subsection are
10        not required to be allocated and provided  to  attendance
11        centers  may be used and appropriated by the board of the
12        district for any lawful school purpose.
13             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
14        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
15        at the discretion  of  the  principal  and  local  school
16        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
17        at  qualifying schools through the following programs and
18        services: early childhood education, reduced  class  size
19        or  improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment
20        programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement and
21        other   educationally   beneficial   expenditures   which
22        supplement the regular and basic programs  as  determined
23        by  the  State  Board of Education.  Funds provided shall
24        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
25        defined by board rule.
26             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
27        subdivision (H)(4) shall submit  an  acceptable  plan  to
28        meet  the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
29        compliance with the requirements of  this  paragraph,  to
30        the  State  Board  of  Education prior to July 15 of each
31        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
32        local school councils concerning the  school  expenditure
33        plans  developed  in  accordance  with  part 4 of Section
34        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
HB0452 Enrolled             -90-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        within 60 days after its  submission.   If  the  plan  is
 2        rejected,  the  district  shall  give  written  notice of
 3        intent  to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of   the
 4        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
 5        within  30  days  after the date of the written notice of
 6        intent to modify.  Districts  may  amend  approved  plans
 7        pursuant  to  rules  promulgated  by  the  State Board of
 8        Education.
 9             Upon notification by the State  Board  of  Education
10        that  the district has not submitted a plan prior to July
11        15 or a modified plan within the  time  period  specified
12        herein,  the  State  aid  funds  affected by that plan or
13        modified plan shall be withheld by  the  State  Board  of
14        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
15             If  the  district  fails  to distribute State aid to
16        attendance centers in accordance with an  approved  plan,
17        the  plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in
18        addition  to  the  funds  otherwise  required   by   this
19        subsection,   to  those  attendance  centers  which  were
20        underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal  to
21        such underfunding.
22             For  purposes  of  determining  compliance with this
23        subsection in relation to the requirements of  attendance
24        center  funding,  each district subject to the provisions
25        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
26        December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data  for
27        the  prior  year  in  addition to any modification of its
28        current plan.  If it is determined that there has been  a
29        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
30        subsection  regarding  contravention  or supplanting, the
31        State Superintendent of Education shall, within  60  days
32        of  receipt  of  the  report, notify the district and any
33        affected local school council.  The district shall within
34        45 days of receipt of that notification inform the  State
HB0452 Enrolled             -91-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
 2        action  to be taken, whether  by amendment of the current
 3        plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan  for  the
 4        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
 5        report  or  the  notification  of  remedial or corrective
 6        action in a timely manner shall result in  a  withholding
 7        of the affected funds.
 8             The  State Board of Education shall promulgate rules
 9        and regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of  this
10        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
11        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
12        a  plan  that  has  been  approved  by the State Board of
13        Education.
14    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
15        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
16    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
17    existing  school  districts,  for its first year of existence
18    the general State aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid
19    calculated  under  this Section shall be computed for the new
20    district and for the previously existing districts for  which
21    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
22    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
23    is  greater,  a supplementary payment equal to the difference
24    shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of  the  new
25    district.
26        (2)  For  a  school  district  which  annexes  all of the
27    territory of one or more entire other school  districts,  for
28    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
29    attributable to such annexation  becomes  effective  for  all
30    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
31    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
32    this  Section  shall be computed for the annexing district as
33    constituted after the annexation and  for  the  annexing  and
34    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
HB0452 Enrolled             -92-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    and  if  the  computation  on  the  basis of the annexing and
 2    annexed districts as constituted prior to the  annexation  is
 3    greater,  a  supplementary  payment  equal  to the difference
 4    shall be made for the first  4  years  of  existence  of  the
 5    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
 6        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
 7    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
 8    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
 9    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
10    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
11    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
12    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
13    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
14    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
15    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
16    as the case may be, the general State  aid  and  supplemental
17    general  State  aid  calculated  under  this Section shall be
18    computed  for  each  annexing  or   resulting   district   as
19    constituted  after  the  annexation  or division and for each
20    annexing and annexed district,  or  for  each  resulting  and
21    divided  district,  as constituted prior to the annexation or
22    division; and if the aggregate of the general State  aid  and
23    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
24    annexing  or  resulting  districts  as  constituted after the
25    annexation or division is less  than  the  aggregate  of  the
26    general  State  aid  and supplemental general State aid as so
27    computed for the annexing and annexed districts, or  for  the
28    resulting  and divided districts, as constituted prior to the
29    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
30    the difference shall be made and allocated between  or  among
31    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
32    annexation  or  division,  for  the  first  4  years of their
33    existence.  The total difference payment shall  be  allocated
34    between  or  among the annexing or resulting districts in the
HB0452 Enrolled             -93-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion  of  the
 2    annexed  or divided district or districts which is annexed to
 3    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
 4    to the total pupil enrollment  from  the  entire  annexed  or
 5    divided  district  or  districts, as such pupil enrollment is
 6    determined for the school year last ending prior to the  date
 7    when  the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
 8    or division becomes effective for all purposes.   The  amount
 9    of  the total difference payment and the amount thereof to be
10    allocated to the annexing or  resulting  districts  shall  be
11    computed  by  the  State  Board  of Education on the basis of
12    pupil enrollment and other data which shall be  certified  to
13    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
14    for  that  purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools
15    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
16    annexed districts, or resulting  and  divided  districts  are
17    located.
18        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
19    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
20    pursuant to this Section.
21    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
22        (1)  Notwithstanding   any   other   provisions  of  this
23    Section, the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid  in
24    combination  with  supplemental  general State aid under this
25    Section for which each school district is  eligible  for  the
26    1998-1999 school year shall be no less than the amount of the
27    aggregate  general State aid entitlement that was received by
28    the  district  under  Section  18-8  (exclusive  of   amounts
29    received  under  subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that Section)
30    for the 1997-98 school year, pursuant to  the  provisions  of
31    that  Section  as it was then in effect. If a school district
32    qualifies to receive a supplementary payment made under  this
33    subsection  (J)  for the 1998-1999 school year, the amount of
34    the  aggregate  general  State  aid   in   combination   with
HB0452 Enrolled             -94-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    supplemental general State aid under this Section  which that
 2    district   is  eligible  to  receive  for  each  school  year
 3    subsequent to the 1998-1999 school year shall be no less than
 4    the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement
 5    that   was  received  by  the  district  under  Section  18-8
 6    (exclusive of amounts received  under  subsections  5(p)  and
 7    5(p-5)  of  that  Section)  for  the  1997-1998  school year,
 8    pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then  in
 9    effect.
10        (2)  If,  as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection
11    (J), a school district is to receive aggregate general  State
12    aid  in combination with supplemental general State aid under
13    this Section for the 1998-99 school year, or for the  1998-99
14    school  year and any subsequent school year, that in any such
15    school year is less than the amount of the aggregate  general
16    State  aid  entitlement  that  the  district received for the
17    1997-98 school year, the school district shall also  receive,
18    from  a  separate  appropriation  made  for  purposes of this
19    subsection (J), a supplementary payment that is equal to  the
20    amount  of  the difference in the aggregate State aid figures
21    as described in paragraph (1).
22        (3)  If  the  amount   appropriated   for   supplementary
23    payments  to  school  districts  under this subsection (J) is
24    insufficient for that  purpose,  the  supplementary  payments
25    that  districts are to receive under this subsection shall be
26    prorated  according  to   the   aggregate   amount   of   the
27    appropriation made for purposes of this subsection.
28    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
29        In  calculating  the  amount  to be paid to the governing
30    board of a  public  university  that  operates  a  laboratory
31    school  under  this Section or to any alternative school that
32    is operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board  of
33    Education  shall  require by rule such reporting requirements
34    as it deems necessary.
HB0452 Enrolled             -95-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
 2    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
 3    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
 4    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
 5    from  the  State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K) may not
 6    increase the number of students enrolled  in  its  laboratory
 7    school  from  a  single district, if that district is already
 8    sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual  agreement
 9    between the school board of a student's district of residence
10    and  the  university which operates the laboratory school.  A
11    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
12    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
13    program.
14        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
15    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
16    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
17    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
18    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
19    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
20    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
21    training.
22        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
23    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
24    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
25    Attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
26    months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed  for  each
27    school.  The  general State aid entitlement shall be computed
28    by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the
29    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.
30    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
31    Requirements.
32        (1)  For a school district operating under the  financial
33    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
34    general State aid otherwise payable to  that  district  under
HB0452 Enrolled             -96-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    this  Section,  but  not  the supplemental general State aid,
 2    shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget  for  the
 3    operations  of the Authority as certified by the Authority to
 4    the State Board of Education, and an  amount  equal  to  such
 5    reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority created for such
 6    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
 7    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
 8    any such district shall be paid in  accordance  with  Article
 9    34A  when  that Article provides for a disposition other than
10    that provided by this Article.
11        (2)  Impaction.  Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
12    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
13        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
14    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
15    (M)  Education Funding Advisory Board.
16        The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
17    subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
18    The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
19    Governor,  by  and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
20    The  members  appointed  shall  include  representatives   of
21    education,  business,  and  the  general  public.  One of the
22    members so appointed shall be designated by the  Governor  at
23    the  time  the  appointment is made as the chairperson of the
24    Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed  any
25    time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
26    The  regular  term of each member of the Board shall be for 4
27    years from the third Monday of January of the year  in  which
28    the  term  of the member's appointment is to commence, except
29    that of the 5 initial  members  appointed  to  serve  on  the
30    Board,  the  member who is appointed as the chairperson shall
31    serve for a term that commences on the date  of  his  or  her
32    appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002,
33    and  the  remaining  4  members,  by  lots drawn at the first
34    meeting of the Board that is held after  all  5  members  are
HB0452 Enrolled             -97-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    appointed,  shall  determine  2  of their number to serve for
 2    terms  that  commence  on  the  date  of   their   respective
 3    appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001,
 4    and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the
 5    date of their respective appointments and expire on the third
 6    Monday  of  January, 2000.  All members appointed to serve on
 7    the Board shall serve until their respective  successors  are
 8    appointed  and  confirmed.   Vacancies shall be filled in the
 9    same manner  as  original  appointments.   If  a  vacancy  in
10    membership  occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate  is not in
11    session, the Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  appointment
12    until  the  next  meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
13    appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate,  a
14    person  to  fill  that membership for the unexpired term.  If
15    the Senate is not in session when  the  initial  appointments
16    are  made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
17    vacancies.
18        The Education Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  be  deemed
19    established,   and  the  initial  members  appointed  by  the
20    Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take  office,
21    on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of
22    the  fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial
23    members  are  then  serving  pursuant  to   appointment   and
24    confirmation  or  pursuant to temporary appointments that are
25    made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.
26        The State Board of Education  shall  provide  such  staff
27    assistance  to  the  Education  Funding  Advisory Board as is
28    reasonably required for the proper performance by  the  Board
29    of its responsibilities.
30        For  school  years  after  the 2000-2001 school year, the
31    Education Funding Advisory Board, in  consultation  with  the
32    State  Board  of  Education,  shall  make  recommendations as
33    provided in this subsection (M) to the General  Assembly  for
34    the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section
HB0452 Enrolled             -98-               LRB9002549THcd
 1    and  for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
 2    subsection (H)  of  this  Section  for  districts  with  high
 3    concentrations  of  children  from  poverty.  The recommended
 4    foundation level shall be determined based on  a  methodology
 5    which   incorporates  the  basic  education  expenditures  of
 6    low-spending schools exhibiting  high  academic  performance.
 7    The   Education   Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  make  such
 8    recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1  of  odd
 9    numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
10    (N)  General State Aid Adjustment Grant.
11        (1)  Any   school   district   subject  to  property  tax
12    extension limitations as imposed under the provisions of  the
13    Property  Tax  Extension  Limitation Law shall be entitled to
14    receive, subject to the qualifications  and  requirements  of
15    this  subsection,  a  general  State  aid  adjustment  grant.
16    Eligibility  for  this grant shall be determined on an annual
17    basis and claims for grant payments shall be paid subject  to
18    appropriations   made   specific  to  this  subsection.   For
19    purposes of this subsection the following  terms  shall  have
20    the following meanings:
21        "Budget  Year":   The school year for which general State
22    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
23        "Current Year":  The school  year  immediately  preceding
24    the Budget Year.
25        "Base  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax levy year used to
26    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
27        "Preceding  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax  levy   year
28    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
29        "Extension   Limitation   Ratio":   A   numerical  ratio,
30    certified by a school district's County Clerk, in  which  the
31    numerator  is  the  Base  Tax  Year's  tax  extension  amount
32    resulting  from the Operating Tax Rate and the denominator is
33    the Preceding Tax Year's tax extension amount resulting  from
34    the Operating Tax Rate.
HB0452 Enrolled             -99-               LRB9002549THcd
 1        "Operating  Tax  Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
 2    in subsection (A).
 3        (2)  To qualify for a general State aid adjustment grant,
 4    a school district must meet all of the following  eligibility
 5    criteria for each Budget Year for which a grant is claimed:
 6             (a)  The  Operating  Tax Rate of the school district
 7        in the Preceding Tax Year was at least 3.00% in the  case
 8        of  a  school  district  maintaining  grades kindergarten
 9        through 12, at least  2.30%  in  the  case  of  a  school
10        district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or at
11        least  1.41% in the case of a school district maintaining
12        grades 9 through 12.
13             (b)  The Operating Tax Rate of the  school  district
14        for  the  Base  Tax  Year was reduced by the Clerk of the
15        County as a result of the requirements  of  the  Property
16        Tax Extension Limitation Law.
17             (c)  The  Available Local Resources per pupil of the
18        school district as calculated pursuant to subsection  (D)
19        using the Base Tax Year are less than the product of 1.75
20        times the Foundation Level for the Budget Year.
21             (d)  The  school  district  has  filed  a proper and
22        timely claim for a general State aid adjustment grant  as
23        required under this subsection.
24        (3)  A  claim  for grant assistance under this subsection
25    shall be filed with the State Board of Education on or before
26    January 1 of the Current Year for  a  grant  for  the  Budget
27    Year.   The  claim  shall  be made on forms prescribed by the
28    State Board of Education and must be accompanied by a written
29    statement from the Clerk of the County, certifying:
30             (a)  That the school district has its extension  for
31        the Base Tax Year reduced as a result of the Property Tax
32        Extension Limitation Law.
33             (b)  That  the  Operating  Tax  Rate  of  the school
34        district for the Preceding Tax  Year  met  the  tax  rate
HB0452 Enrolled             -100-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        requirements of subdivision (N)(2) of this Section.
 2             (c)  The  Extension Limitation Ratio as that term is
 3        defined in this subsection.
 4        (4)  On or before August 1 of the Budget Year  the  State
 5    Board  of Education shall calculate, for all school districts
 6    meeting the other requirements of this subsection, the amount
 7    of the general State aid adjustment grant, if any,  that  the
 8    school  districts are eligible to receive in the Budget Year.
 9    The amount of the general State aid adjustment grant shall be
10    calculated as follows:
11             (a)  Determine the school district's  general  State
12        aid  grant  for the Budget Year as provided in accordance
13        with the provisions of subsection (E).
14             (b)  Determine the school district's adjusted  level
15        of  general  State aid by utilizing in the calculation of
16        Available Local Resources an equalized assessed valuation
17        that is the equalized assessed valuation of the Preceding
18        Tax Year multiplied by the Extension Limitation Ratio.
19             (c)  Subtract the sum derived  in  subparagraph  (a)
20        from  the sum derived in subparagraph (b).  If the result
21        is a positive number, that amount shall  be  the  general
22        State  aid adjustment grant that the district is eligible
23        to receive.
24        (5)  The State Board of Education shall  in  the  Current
25    Year,  based upon claims filed in the Current Year, recommend
26    to the General  Assembly  an  appropriation  amount  for  the
27    general  State aid adjustment grants to be made in the Budget
28    Year.
29        (6)  Claims for general State aid adjustment grants shall
30    be paid in a lump sum on or before January 1  of  the  Budget
31    Year  only  from  appropriations made by the General Assembly
32    expressly for claims under this subsection.  No  such  claims
33    may  be  paid from amounts appropriated for any other purpose
34    provided for under this  Section.   In  the  event  that  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -101-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    appropriation   for   claims   under   this   subsection   is
 2    insufficient  to  meet  all  Budget Year claims for a general
 3    State aid adjustment grant, the appropriation available shall
 4    be proportionately prorated by the State Board  of  Education
 5    amongst all districts filing for and entitled to payments.
 6        (7)  The  State  Board  of Education shall promulgate the
 7    required claim forms and rules  necessary  to  implement  the
 8    provisions of this subsection.
 9    (O)  References.
10        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
11    of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
12    replacement  by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer
13    to the corresponding provisions of this Section  18-8.05,  to
14    the extent that those references remain applicable.
15        (2)  References  in  other  laws to State Chapter 1 funds
16    shall be deemed to refer to the  supplemental  general  State
17    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
18        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.2)
19        Sec.  18-8.2.   Supplementary  State  aid for new and for
20    certain annexing districts.
21        (a) After the formation of a new district, a  computation
22    shall  be  made  to  determine  the  difference  between  the
23    salaries   effective  in  each  of  the  previously  existing
24    districts on June 30,  prior  to  the  creation  of  the  new
25    district.  For the first 4 3 years after the formation of the
26    new  district or if the new district was formed after October
27    31, 1982 and prior to the effective date of  this  amendatory
28    Act  of  1985,  for  the  3  years immediately following such
29    effective date, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall
30    be paid to the new district equal to the  difference  between
31    the  sum  of  the salaries earned by each of the certificated
32    members of the new district while  employed  in  one  of  the
33    previously  existing  districts  during  the year immediately
HB0452 Enrolled             -102-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    preceding the formation of the new district and  the  sum  of
 2    the  salaries those certificated members would have been paid
 3    during the year immediately prior to the formation of the new
 4    district if placed on the salary schedule of  the  previously
 5    existing district with the highest salary schedule.
 6        (b)  After  the territory of one or more school districts
 7    is annexed by one or more other school  districts,  or  after
 8    the  division (pursuant to petition under Section 11A-2) of a
 9    unit school district or districts into 2 or more parts  which
10    all  are included in 2 or more other community unit districts
11    resulting upon that division, a computation shall be made  to
12    determine  the  difference  between the salaries effective in
13    each such annexed or divided district and in the annexing  or
14    resulting district or districts as they each were constituted
15    on  June  30 preceding the date when the change of boundaries
16    attributable to such annexation or division became  effective
17    for  all  purposes  as  determined under Section 7-9, 7A-8 or
18    11A-10.  For the first 4 3 years after any such annexation or
19    division, a supplementary State aid  reimbursement  shall  be
20    paid  to  each  annexing or resulting district as constituted
21    after the annexation or  division  equal  to  the  difference
22    between  the  sum  of  the  salaries  earned  by  each of the
23    certificated members of such annexing or  resulting  district
24    as   constituted  after  the  annexation  or  division  while
25    employed in an annexed or annexing district, or in a  divided
26    or  resulting district, during the year immediately preceding
27    the annexation or division, and the sum of the salaries those
28    certificated  members  would  have  been  paid  during   such
29    immediately  preceding  year if placed on the salary schedule
30    of whichever  of  such  annexing  or  annexed  districts,  or
31    resulting  or  divided  districts,  had  the  highest  salary
32    schedule during such immediately preceding year.
33        (c)  Such  supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be
34    treated as separate from all other payments made pursuant  to
HB0452 Enrolled             -103-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    Section  18-8  or  18-8.05. In the case of the formation of a
 2    new district, reimbursement shall begin during the first year
 3    of operation of the new district;  and  in  the  case  of  an
 4    annexation  of  the territory of one or more school districts
 5    by one or  more  other  school  districts,  or  the  division
 6    (pursuant  to  petition under Section 11A-2) of a unit school
 7    district or districts into 2 or  more  parts  which  all  are
 8    included   in  2  or  more  other  community  unit  districts
 9    resulting  upon  that  division,  reimbursement  shall  begin
10    during  the  first  year  when  the  change   in   boundaries
11    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
12    for  all purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9, 7A-8
13    or 11A-10.  Each year any such  new,  annexing  or  resulting
14    district,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  entitled  to  receive
15    reimbursement,  the  number of eligible certified members who
16    are employed on October 1  in  any  such  district  shall  be
17    certified to the State Board of Education on prescribed forms
18    by October 15 and payment shall be made on or before November
19    15 of that year.
20        (d)  If  a unit school district annexes all the territory
21    of another unit school district effective  for  all  purposes
22    pursuant  to  Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part of the
23    annexed territory is detached within 90 days  after  July  1,
24    1988,  then  the detachment shall be disregarded in computing
25    the supplementary State aid reimbursements under this Section
26    for the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State  aid
27    reimbursements   shall  not  be  diminished  because  of  the
28    detachment.
29        (e)  The changes made by this amendatory Act of 1989  are
30    intended  to  be retroactive and applicable to any annexation
31    taking effect after August 1, 1987.
32    (Source: P.A. 86-13; 86-1334.)
33        (105 ILCS 5/21-0.01 new)
HB0452 Enrolled             -104-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Sec. 21-0.01.  Powers after January 1, 1998. Beginning on
 2    January 1, 1998 and thereafter, the State Board of Education,
 3    in consultation with the State Teacher  Certification  Board,
 4    shall  have  the  power  and  authority  to  do  all  of  the
 5    following:
 6             (1)  set  standards  for  teaching,  supervising, or
 7        holding  other  certificated  employment  in  the  public
 8        schools, and  administer  the  certification  process  as
 9        provided  in  this  Article;  provided, however, that the
10        State  Teacher  Certification  Board  shall   be   solely
11        responsible   for   the   renewal  of  Standard  Teaching
12        Certificates as provided in Section 21-2;
13             (2)  approve and evaluate teacher and  administrator
14        preparation programs;
15             (3)  enter   into   agreements   with  other  states
16        relative  to   reciprocal   approval   of   teacher   and
17        administrator preparation programs;
18             (4)  establish  standards  for  the  issuance of new
19        types of certificates; and
20             (5)  take  such  other  action   relating   to   the
21        improvement  of instruction in the public schools through
22        teacher education and professional development  and  that
23        attracts   qualified  candidates  into  teacher  training
24        programs as is appropriate and consistent with applicable
25        laws.
26        (105 ILCS 5/21-1a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-1a)
27        Sec. 21-1a. Tests required for certification.
28        (a)  After  July  1,  1988,  in  addition  to  all  other
29    requirements,  early  childhood,  elementary,  special,  high
30    school, school service personnel, or, except as  provided  in
31    Section  34-6, administrative certificates shall be issued to
32    persons who have satisfactorily passed a test of basic skills
33    and subject matter knowledge.  The tests of basic skills  and
HB0452 Enrolled             -105-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    subject  matter  knowledge shall be the tests which from time
 2    to time are designated by the State  Board  of  Education  in
 3    consultation  with  the State Teacher Certification Board and
 4    may be tests prepared by an educational testing  organization
 5    or  tests  designed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  in
 6    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.  The
 7    areas to be covered by the test of basic skills shall include
 8    the   basic   skills   of   reading,   writing,  grammar  and
 9    mathematics.  The test  of  subject  matter  knowledge  shall
10    assess  content  knowledge in the specific subject field. The
11    tests shall be designed to be racially neutral to assure that
12    no person  in  taking  the  tests  is  thereby  discriminated
13    against on the basis of race, color, national origin or other
14    factors  unrelated  to  the  person's ability to perform as a
15    certificated employee.  The score required to pass the  tests
16    of  basic  skills and subject matter knowledge shall be fixed
17    by the State Board of  Education  in  consultation  with  the
18    State  Teacher  Certification Board.  The tests shall be held
19    not fewer than 3 times a year at such time and place  as  may
20    be designated by the State Board of Education in consultation
21    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
22        (b)  Except  as  provided in Section 34-6, the provisions
23    of subsection (a) of this Section shall apply equally in  any
24    school  district  subject  to  Article  34, provided that the
25    State Board of Education shall determine  which  certificates
26    issued  under Sections 34-8.1 and 34-83 prior to July 1, 1988
27    are comparable to any early childhood certificate, elementary
28    school  certificate,   special   certificate,   high   school
29    certificate,   school   service   personnel   certificate  or
30    administrative certificate issued under this  Article  as  of
31    July 1, 1988.
32        (c)  A  person  who holds an early childhood, elementary,
33    special, high school or school service personnel  certificate
34    issued  under  this  Article on or at any time before July 1,
HB0452 Enrolled             -106-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    1988, including  a  person  who  has  been  issued  any  such
 2    certificate  pursuant to Section 21-11.1 or in exchange for a
 3    comparable  certificate  theretofore  issued  under   Section
 4    34-8.1  or  Section  34-83,  shall not be required to take or
 5    pass the tests in order to thereafter have  such  certificate
 6    renewed.
 7        (d)  The  State  Board  of Education in consultation with
 8    the State Teacher Certification Board shall conduct  a  pilot
 9    administration  of  the  tests  by  administering the test to
10    students completing teacher education programs in the 1986-87
11    school year for the purpose of  determining  the  effect  and
12    impact of testing candidates for certification.
13        (e)  The rules and regulations developed to implement the
14    required  test  of  basic skills and subject matter knowledge
15    shall include the requirements of subsections (a),  (b),  and
16    (c)  and  shall  include  specific regulations to govern test
17    selection; test validation and  determination  of  a  passing
18    score;    administration   of   the   tests;   frequency   of
19    administration;  applicant  fees;  frequency  of  applicants'
20    taking the tests; the years for which a score is valid;  and,
21    waiving  certain additional tests for additional certificates
22    to individuals who have satisfactorily  passed  the  test  of
23    basic  skills  and  subject  matter  knowledge as required in
24    subsection (a). The State Board of Education  shall  provide,
25    by  rule,  specific  policies  that  assure uniformity in the
26    difficulty level of each form of the basic  skills  test  and
27    each  subject  matter  knowledge  test  from test-to-test and
28    year-to-year.  The State Board of Education shall also set  a
29    passing score for the tests.
30        (f)  The  State  Teacher  Certification Board may issue a
31    nonrenewable temporary certificate between July 1,  1988  and
32    August  31,  1988  to individuals who have taken the tests of
33    basic skills and subject matter knowledge prescribed by  this
34    Section  but have not received such test scores by August 31,
HB0452 Enrolled             -107-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    1988.  Such temporary certificates shall expire  on  December
 2    31, 1988.
 3        (g)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  the  State  Board  of
 4    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
 5    Certification  Board,  shall  implement  and administer a new
 6    system  of  certification  for  teachers  in  the  State   of
 7    Illinois.  The State Board of Education, in consultation with
 8    the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board,  shall  design and
 9    implement a system of examinations and various other criteria
10    which shall be required prior  to  the  issuance  of  Initial
11    Teaching  Certificates  and  Standard  Teaching Certificates.
12    These examinations and indicators shall be based on  national
13    professional  teaching  standards, as determined by the State
14    Board of Education, in consultation with  the  State  Teacher
15    Certification  Board.  The State Board of Education may adopt
16    any and all regulations necessary to implement and administer
17    this Section.
18        (h)  The State Board of Education  shall  report  to  the
19    Illinois    General    Assembly   and   the   Governor   with
20    recommendations for further changes and improvements  to  the
21    teacher  certification  system  no later than January 1, 1999
22    and on an annual basis until January 1, 2001.
23    (Source: P.A.  86-361;  86-734;  86-1028;  86-1471;  86-1488;
24    87-242.)
25        (105 ILCS 5/21-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2)
26        Sec. 21-2.  Grades of certificates.
27        (a)  Until January 1, 1999, all certificates issued under
28    this  Article  shall  be  State certificates valid, except as
29    limited in Section 21-1,  in  every  school  district  coming
30    under the provisions of this Act and shall be limited in time
31    and    designated    as   follows:   Provisional   vocational
32    certificate, temporary  provisional  vocational  certificate,
33    early  childhood  certificate, elementary school certificate,
HB0452 Enrolled             -108-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    special certificate, high school certificate, school  service
 2    personnel     certificate,     administrative    certificate,
 3    provisional certificate,  and  substitute  certificate.   The
 4    requirement  of  student  teaching  under close and competent
 5    supervision for  obtaining  a  teaching  certificate  may  be
 6    waived   by   the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board  upon
 7    presentation to the Board by the teacher  of  evidence  of  5
 8    years  successful  teaching experience on a valid certificate
 9    and  graduation  from  a  recognized  institution  of  higher
10    learning with a bachelor's degree  with  not  less  than  120
11    semester  hours  and  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in
12    professional education.
13        (b)  Initial  Teaching Certificate.  Beginning January 1,
14    1999, persons who (1)  have  completed  an  approved  teacher
15    preparation  program,  (2)  are  recommended  by  an approved
16    teacher preparation program, (3) have successfully  completed
17    the  Initial  Teaching Certification examinations required by
18    the State Board of Education, and  (4)  have  met  all  other
19    criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of Education in
20    consultation with  the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board,
21    shall  be  issued an Initial Teaching Certificate valid for 4
22    years.  Initial Teaching Certificates  shall  be  issued  for
23    categories   corresponding   to  Early  Childhood  Education,
24    Elementary Education, and Secondary Education,  with  special
25    certification  designations  for Special Education, Bilingual
26    Education, fundamental  learning  areas  (including  Language
27    Arts, Reading, Mathematics, Science, Social Science, Physical
28    Development and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and
29    other  areas  designated  by the State Board of Education, in
30    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
31        (c)  Standard Certificate.  Beginning  January  1,  1999,
32    persons  who  (1)  have completed 4 years of teaching with an
33    Initial Certificate, have successfully completed the Standard
34    Teaching Certificate examinations, and  have  met  all  other
HB0452 Enrolled             -109-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of Education in
 2    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  or
 3    (2)  were  issued  teaching  certificates prior to January 1,
 4    1999 and are renewing those  certificates  after  January  1,
 5    1999,  shall  be  issued  a  Standard Certificate valid for 5
 6    years, which may be renewed thereafter every 5 years  by  the
 7    State   Teacher   Certification   Board  based  on  proof  of
 8    continuing education or  professional  development.  Standard
 9    Certificates  shall be issued for categories corresponding to
10    Early  Childhood   Education,   Elementary   Education,   and
11    Secondary  Education, with special certification designations
12    for  Special  Education,  Bilingual  Education,   fundamental
13    learning    areas    (including   Language   Arts,   Reading,
14    Mathematics, Science, Social  Science,  Physical  Development
15    and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and other areas
16    designated  by  the State Board of Education, in consultation
17    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
18        (d)  Master  Certificate.   Beginning  January  1,  1999,
19    persons  who  have  successfully  achieved   National   Board
20    certification  through  the  National  Board for Professional
21    Teaching Standards shall  be  issued  a  Master  Certificate,
22    valid  for  7  years  and  renewable thereafter every 7 years
23    through compliance with requirements set forth by  the  State
24    Board of Education.
25    (Source: P.A. 88-92.)
26        (105 ILCS 5/21-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2.1)
27        Sec. 21-2.1.  Early childhood certificate.
28        (a)  An  early childhood certificate shall be valid for 4
29    years for teaching children up to 6 years of  age,  exclusive
30    of  children enrolled in kindergarten, in facilities approved
31    by the State Superintendent of Education.  Beginning July  1,
32    1988,  such  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  4  years for
33    Teaching children through grade 3 in facilities  approved  by
HB0452 Enrolled             -110-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    the  State  Superintendent  of  Education.   Subject  to  the
 2    provisions  of  Section  21-1a, it shall be issued to persons
 3    who have graduated from a recognized  institution  of  higher
 4    learning with a bachelor's degree and with not fewer than 120
 5    semester  hours  including  professional  education  or human
 6    development or, until July 1, 1992, to persons who have early
 7    childhood  education  instruction  and  practical  experience
 8    involving supervised work with children under 6 years of  age
 9    or  with  children  through  grade  3.  Such persons shall be
10    recommended  for  the  early  childhood  certificate   by   a
11    recognized   institution  as  having  completed  an  approved
12    program of preparation which includes the requisite hours and
13    academic and professional courses  and  practical  experience
14    approved   by   the  State  Superintendent  of  Education  in
15    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
16        (b)  Beginning January  1,  1999,  Initial  and  Standard
17    Early  Childhood  Education  Certificates  shall be issued to
18    persons who meet the criteria established by the State  Board
19    of Education.
20    (Source: P.A. 85-1389.)
21        (105 ILCS 5/21-2a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2a)
22        Sec.  21-2a.  Required curriculum for all teachers. After
23    September 1, 1981 and until January 1, 1999, in  addition  to
24    all  other  requirements, the successful completion of course
25    work which includes instruction  on  the  psychology  of  the
26    exceptional  child,  the  identification  of  the exceptional
27    child, including, but not limited to  the  learning  disabled
28    and   methods  of  instruction  for  the  exceptional  child,
29    including, but not limited to the learning disabled shall  be
30    a  prerequisite  to  a  person receiving any of the following
31    certificates:; early childhood, elementary, special and  high
32    school.
33    (Source: P.A. 81-1082.)
HB0452 Enrolled             -111-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        (105 ILCS 5/21-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-3)
 2        Sec. 21-3.  Elementary certificate.
 3        (a)  An  elementary school certificate shall be valid for
 4    4 years for teaching in the kindergarten and lower  9  grades
 5    of  the common schools.  Subject to the provisions of Section
 6    21-1a, it shall be issued to persons who have graduated  from
 7    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
 8    degree  and with not fewer than 120 semester hours and with a
 9    minimum of  16  semester  hours  in  professional  education,
10    including   5   semester  hours  in  student  teaching  under
11    competent  and  close  supervision.  Such  persons  shall  be
12    recommended for the elementary certificate  by  a  recognized
13    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
14    preparation  which  includes intensive preservice training in
15    the  humanities,  natural  sciences,  mathematics   and   the
16    academic  and  professional  courses  approved  by  the State
17    Superintendent of Education in consultation  with  the  State
18    Teacher Certification Board.
19        (b)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  Initial  and Standard
20    Elementary Certificates shall be issued to persons  who  meet
21    all  of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State  Board of
22    Education for elementary education.
23    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
24        (105 ILCS 5/21-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-4)
25        Sec. 21-4.  Special certificate.
26        (a)  A special certificate shall be valid for 4 years for
27    teaching the special subjects named therein in all grades  of
28    the  common  schools.  Subject  to  the provisions of Section
29    21-1a, it shall be issued to persons who have graduated  from
30    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
31    degree and with not fewer than 120 semester hours including a
32    minimum  of 16 semester hours in professional education, 5 of
33    which shall be in student teaching under competent and  close
HB0452 Enrolled             -112-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    supervision. When the holder of such certificate has earned a
 2    master's  degree,  including eight semester hours of graduate
 3    professional  education  from  a  recognized  institution  of
 4    higher learning and with two years' teaching  experience,  it
 5    may be endorsed for supervision.
 6        Such   persons  shall  be  recommended  for  the  special
 7    certificate by a recognized institution as  having  completed
 8    an  approved  program  of preparation which includes academic
 9    and professional courses approved by the State Superintendent
10    of  Education  in  consultation  with   the   State   Teacher
11    Certification Board.
12        (b)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  special certification
13    designations shall be issued for Special Education, Bilingual
14    Education,  fundamental  learning   areas   (Language   Arts,
15    Reading,   Mathematics,  Science,  Social  Science,  Physical
16    Development and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and
17    other areas designated by the State Board  of  Education,  to
18    persons who meet all of the criteria established by the State
19    Board  of  Education,  in consultation with the State Teacher
20    Certification Board.
21    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
22        (105 ILCS 5/21-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5)
23        Sec. 21-5.  High school certificate.
24        (a)  A high school certificate shall be valid for 4 years
25    for teaching in grades  6  to  12  inclusive  of  the  common
26    schools. Subject to the provisions of Section 21-1a, it shall
27    be  issued  to  persons  who have graduated from a recognized
28    institution of higher learning with a bachelor's  degree  and
29    with  not fewer than 120 semester hours including 16 semester
30    hours in professional education,  5  of  which  shall  be  in
31    student  teaching  under  competent and close supervision and
32    with one or more  teaching  fields.  Such  persons  shall  be
33    recommended  for  the high school certificate by a recognized
HB0452 Enrolled             -113-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
 2    preparation which  includes  the  academic  and  professional
 3    courses  approved by the State Superintendent of Education in
 4    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
 5        (b)  Beginning January  1,  1999,  Initial  and  Standard
 6    Secondary  Certificates  shall  be issued to persons who meet
 7    all of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of
 8    Education for secondary education.
 9    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/21-5a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5a)
11        Sec. 21-5a.  Alternative math-science certification.  The
12    State  Board  of  Education,  in  consultation with the State
13    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
14    alternative certification program  under  which  persons  who
15    qualify  for  admission to, and who successfully complete the
16    program and meet the additional requirements  established  by
17    this  Section shall be issued an initial alternative teaching
18    certificate for teaching mathematics, science or  mathematics
19    and science in grades 9 through 12 of the common schools.  In
20    establishing  an alternative certification program under this
21    Section, the State Board  of  Education  shall  designate  an
22    appropriate  area within the State where the program shall be
23    offered and made available to persons qualified for admission
24    to the program.  In addition, the State Board  of  Education,
25    in  cooperation  with  one or more recognized institutions of
26    higher learning, shall  develop  a  comprehensive  course  of
27    study  that persons admitted to the program must successfully
28    complete in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of an
29    initial  alternative  certificate  under  this  Section.  The
30    comprehensive course of study so developed shall include  one
31    semester of practice teaching.
32        An  initial alternative teaching certificate, valid for 4
33    years for teaching mathematics, science  or  mathematics  and
HB0452 Enrolled             -114-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    science  in  grades  9  through  12 of the common schools and
 2    renewable as provided in Section 21-14, shall be issued under
 3    this Section 21-5a to persons who qualify  for  admission  to
 4    the  alternative certification program and who at the time of
 5    applying for  an  initial  alternative  teaching  certificate
 6    under this Section:
 7             (1)  have   graduated  with  a  master's  degree  in
 8        mathematics or any science discipline from an institution
 9        of  higher  learning  whose  scholarship  standards   are
10        approved  by the State Board of Education for purposes of
11        the alternative certification program;
12             (2)  have been employed for at least 10 years in  an
13        area  requiring  knowledge  and  practical application of
14        their academic background in  mathematics  or  a  science
15        discipline;
16             (3)  have  successfully  completed  the  alternative
17        certification  program  and  the  course of comprehensive
18        study,  including  one  semester  of  practice  teaching,
19        developed as part of the  program  as  provided  in  this
20        Section and approved by the State Board of Education; and
21             (4)  have  passed  the examinations required by test
22        of basic skills and subject matter knowledge required  by
23        Section 21-1a.
24        The    alternative   certification   program   shall   be
25    implemented at the commencement  of  the  1992-1993  academic
26    year.
27        The State Board of Education shall establish criteria for
28    admission  to the alternative certification program and shall
29    adopt rules and regulations that  are  consistent  with  this
30    Section and that the State Board of Education deems necessary
31    to establish and implement the program.
32    (Source: P.A. 87-446.)
33        (105 ILCS 5/21-5c new)
HB0452 Enrolled             -115-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Sec.  21-5c.  Alternative route to teacher certification.
 2    The State Board of Education, in consultation with the  State
 3    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
 4    alternative  route  to  teacher  certification  program under
 5    which persons who meet the requirements of  and  successfully
 6    complete  the  program  established  by this Section shall be
 7    issued  an  initial  teaching  certificate  for  teaching  in
 8    schools in this State. The State  Board  of  Education  shall
 9    approve  a  course  of study that persons in the program must
10    successfully complete in order to satisfy one  criterion  for
11    issuance   of   a   certificate   under  this  Section.   The
12    Alternative Route to Teacher Certification program course  of
13    study  must  include the current content and skills contained
14    in a university's current  courses  for  State  certification
15    which  have been approved by the State Board of Education, in
16    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  as
17    the requirement for State teacher certification.
18        The program established under this Section shall be known
19    as  the  Alternative  Route to Teacher Certification program.
20    The program may be offered in conjunction with  one  or  more
21    not-for-profit organizations in the State.  The program shall
22    be comprised of the following 3 phases: (a) a course of study
23    offered   on   an   intensive   basis  in  education  theory,
24    instructional  methods,  and  practice  teaching;   (b)   the
25    person's  assignment to a full-time teaching position for one
26    school year, including the designation of a mentor teacher to
27    advise and assist the person with that  teaching  assignment;
28    and  (c)  a comprehensive assessment of the person's teaching
29    performance by school officials and program participants  and
30    a  recommendation  by  the institution of higher education to
31    the State Board of Education that the  person  be  issued  an
32    initial  teaching  certificate.  Successful completion of the
33    Alternative Route to Teacher Certification program  shall  be
34    deemed  to satisfy any other practice or student teaching and
HB0452 Enrolled             -116-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    subject matter requirements established by law.
 2        A provisional alternative teaching certificate, valid for
 3    one year of teaching in the common schools and not renewable,
 4    shall be issued under this Section 21-5c to  persons  who  at
 5    the time of applying for the provisional alternative teaching
 6    certificate under this Section:
 7             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
 8        university with a bachelor's degree;
 9             (2)  have been employed for a period of at  least  5
10        years   in   an   area   requiring   application  of  the
11        individual's education;
12             (3)  have successfully completed the first phase  of
13        the Alternative Teacher Certification program as provided
14        in this Section; and
15             (4)  have  passed  the  tests  of  basic  skills and
16        subject matter knowledge required by Section 21-1a.
17        An initial teaching certificate, valid  for  teaching  in
18    the  common  schools,  shall  be issued under Section 21-3 or
19    21-5 to persons who first complete the requirements  for  the
20    provisional  alternative  teaching certificate and who at the
21    time of applying for an  initial  teaching  certificate  have
22    successfully  completed  the  second  and third phases of the
23    Alternative  Route  to  Teacher  Certification   program   as
24    provided in this Section.
25        A person possessing a provisional alternative certificate
26    or  an initial teaching certificate earned under this Section
27    shall  be  treated  as  a  regularly  certified  teacher  for
28    purposes of  compensation,  benefits,  and  other  terms  and
29    conditions  of employment afforded teachers in the school who
30    are members of a bargaining unit represented by an  exclusive
31    bargaining representative, if any.
32        The   State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules  and
33    regulations that are consistent with this  Section  and  that
34    the  State  Board  deems necessary to establish and implement
HB0452 Enrolled             -117-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    the program.
 2        (105 ILCS 5/21-5d new)
 3        Sec.  21-5d.    Alternative   route   to   administrative
 4    certification.  The State Board of Education, in consultation
 5    with  the  State  Teacher Certification Board and an advisory
 6    panel consisting of no less than 7  administrators  appointed
 7    by the State Superintendent of Education, shall establish and
 8    implement    an    alternative    route   to   administrative
 9    certification  program  under  which  persons  who  meet  the
10    requirements  of  and  successfully  complete   the   program
11    established  by  this  Section  shall  be  issued  a standard
12    administrative certificate for serving as an administrator in
13    schools in this State.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section
14    only,    "administrator"   means   a   person   holding   any
15    administrative position for which a  standard  administrative
16    certificate  with a general administrative endorsement, chief
17    school  business  official  endorsement,  or   superintendent
18    endorsement  is  required, except a principal or an assistant
19    principal.  The State Board  of  Education  shall  approve  a
20    course of study that persons in the program must successfully
21    complete  in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of a
22    certificate under this Section.   The  Alternative  Route  to
23    Administrative  Certification  program  course  of study must
24    include  the  current  content  and  skills  contained  in  a
25    university's current courses for  State  certification  which
26    have  been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of Education, in
27    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  as
28    the requirement for administrative certification.
29        The program established under this Section shall be known
30    as  the  Alternative  Route  to  Administrative Certification
31    program.  The program shall be comprised of the  following  3
32    phases:  (a)  a course of study offered on an intensive basis
33    in  education  management,  governance,   organization,   and
HB0452 Enrolled             -118-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    planning; (b) the person's assignment to a full-time position
 2    for   one   school  year  as  an  administrator;  and  (c)  a
 3    comprehensive  assessment  of  the  person's  performance  by
 4    school officials and a recommendation to the State  Board  of
 5    Education that the person be issued a standard administrative
 6    certificate.   Successful completion of the Alternative Route
 7    to Administrative Certification program shall  be  deemed  to
 8    satisfy  any other supervisory, administrative, or management
 9    experience requirements established by law.
10        A  provisional  alternative  administrative  certificate,
11    valid for one year of serving  as  an  administrator  in  the
12    common  schools and not renewable, shall be issued under this
13    Section 21-5d to persons who at the time of applying for  the
14    provisional alternative administrative certificate under this
15    Section:
16             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
17        university with a master's degree in a  management  field
18        or  with  a  bachelor's  degree  and  the life experience
19        equivalent of a master's degree in a management field  as
20        determined by the State Board of Education;
21             (2)  have  been  employed for a period of at least 5
22        years in a management level position;
23             (3)  have successfully completed the first phase  of
24        the  Alternative  Route  to  Administrative Certification
25        program as provided in this Section; and
26             (4)  have passed any  examination  required  by  the
27        State Board of Education.
28        A  standard  administrative  certificate  with  a general
29    administrative endorsement, chief  school  business  official
30    endorsement,  or  superintendent  endorsement,  renewable  as
31    provided  in  Section  21-14,  shall  be issued under Section
32    21-7.1 to persons who first complete the requirements for the
33    provisional alternative administrative certificate and who at
34    the  time  of  applying   for   a   standard   administrative
HB0452 Enrolled             -119-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    certificate  have successfully completed the second and third
 2    phases   of   the   Alternative   Route   to   Administrative
 3    Certification program as provided in this Section.
 4        The  State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules   and
 5    regulations  that  are  consistent with this Section and that
 6    the State Board deems necessary to  establish  and  implement
 7    the program.
 8        (105 ILCS 5/21-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-10)
 9        Sec. 21-10. Provisional certificate.
10        (A)  Until  July 1, 1972, the State Teacher Certification
11    Board may issue a provisional certificate valid for  teaching
12    in  elementary, high school or special subject fields subject
13    to the following conditions:
14        A provisional certificate may be issued to a  person  who
15    presents  certified  evidence  of  having earned a bachelor's
16    degree from a recognized institution of higher learning.  The
17    academic and professional courses offered as a basis  of  the
18    provisional  certificate  shall  be  courses  approved by the
19    State Board of  Education  in  consultation  with  the  State
20    Teacher Certification Board.
21        A  certificate  earned  under this plan may be renewed at
22    the end of each two-year period upon evidence filed with  the
23    State  Teacher Certification Board that the holder has earned
24    8 semester hours of credit within the  period;  provided  the
25    requirements  for the certificate of the same type issued for
26    the teaching position for which the teacher is employed shall
27    be met by the end of the second  renewal  period.   A  second
28    provisional  certificate shall not be issued.  The credits so
29    earned must be approved by the State Board  of  Education  in
30    consultation  with  the State Teacher Certification Board and
31    must  meet  the  general  pattern  for  a  similar  type   of
32    certificate  issued  on  the basis of credit.  No more than 4
33    semester hours shall be chosen from elective subjects.
HB0452 Enrolled             -120-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        (B)  After July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
 2    Board  may issue a provisional certificate valid for teaching
 3    in  early  childhood,  elementary,  high  school  or  special
 4    subject fields, or for providing service  as  school  service
 5    personnel   or  for  administering  schools  subject  to  the
 6    following conditions: A provisional certificate may be issued
 7    to  a  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for  a  regular
 8    teaching,  school   service   personnel   or   administrative
 9    certificate  in  another  State  and  who  presents certified
10    evidence  of  having  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from   a
11    recognized  institution of higher learning.  The academic and
12    professional courses offered as a basis  of  the  provisional
13    certificate  shall  be courses approved by the State Board of
14    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
15    Certification Board.  A certificate earned under this plan is
16    valid  for  a  period  of  2  years and shall not be renewed;
17    however, the individual to whom this  certificate  is  issued
18    shall have passed or shall pass the examinations set forth by
19    the  State  Board  of Education basic skills test and subject
20    matter knowledge test or tests within 9 months of the date of
21    issuance of the provisional certificate. Failure to pass  the
22    tests,  required  in  Section  21-1a,  shall  result  in  the
23    cancellation of the provisional certificate.
24        (C)  The State Teacher Certification Board may also issue
25    a   provisional   vocational   certificate  and  a  temporary
26    provisional vocational certificate.
27             (1)  The requirements for a  provisional  vocational
28        certificate  shall  be  determined  by the State Board of
29        Education in consultation with the State  Teacher  Board;
30        provided, the following minimum requirements are met: (a)
31        after  July 1, 1972, at least 30 semester hours of credit
32        from a recognized institution of higher learning; and (b)
33        after July 1, 1974, at least 60 semester hours of  credit
34        from a recognized institution of higher learning.
HB0452 Enrolled             -121-              LRB9002549THcd
 1             (2)  The  requirements  for  a temporary provisional
 2        vocational certificate shall be determined by  the  State
 3        Board of Education in consultation with the State Teacher
 4        Certification  Board;  provided,  the  following  minimum
 5        requirements  are  met:  (a) after July 1, 1973, at least
 6        4,000 hours  of  work  experience  in  the  skill  to  be
 7        certified  for  teaching;  and (b) after July 1, 1975, at
 8        least 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill  to  be
 9        certified for teaching.  Any certificate issued under the
10        provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  expire on June 30
11        following the date of issue.  Renewals may be granted  on
12        a  yearly  basis,  but shall not be granted to any person
13        who does not file with the  State  Teacher  Certification
14        Board  a  transcript showing at least 3 semester hours of
15        credit earned during the previous year  in  a  recognized
16        institution  of  learning.   No such certificate shall be
17        issued except upon certification by the employing  board,
18        subject to the approval of the regional superintendent of
19        schools,  that  no  qualified  teacher  holding a regular
20        certificate or a provisional  vocational  certificate  is
21        available  and that actual circumstances and need require
22        such issuance.
23        The courses or work experience offered as a basis for the
24    issuance of the provisional  vocational  certificate  or  the
25    temporary   provisional   vocational   certificate  shall  be
26    approved by the State Board of Education in consultation with
27    the State Teacher Certification Board.
28        (D)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
29    Board   may   also   issue  a  provisional  foreign  language
30    certificate valid  for  4  years  for  teaching  the  foreign
31    language  named  therein  in all grades of the common schools
32    and shall be issued to persons  who  have  graduated  from  a
33    recognized institution of higher learning with not fewer than
34    120   semester  hours  of  credit  and  who  have  met  other
HB0452 Enrolled             -122-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    requirements as determined by the State Board of Education in
 2    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   If
 3    the  holder  of a provisional foreign language certificate is
 4    not a citizen of the United States within 6 years of the date
 5    of issuance of the  original  certificate,  such  certificate
 6    shall  be suspended by the regional superintendent of schools
 7    of the region in which the holder is  engaged  to  teach  and
 8    shall  not be reinstated until the holder is a citizen of the
 9    United States.
10        (E)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this   Act   to   the
11    contrary,  the  State Teacher Certification Board shall issue
12    part-time provisional certificates  to  eligible  individuals
13    who are professionals and craftsmen.
14        The  requirements  for  a  part-time provisional teachers
15    certificate  shall  be  determined  by  the  State  Board  of
16    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
17    Certification   Board,   provided   the   following   minimum
18    requirements  are  met:   60  semester hours of credit from a
19    recognized institution of higher learning or  4000  hours  of
20    work experience in the skill to be certified for teaching.
21        A  part-time  provisional  certificate  may be issued for
22    teaching no more than 2 courses of study for grades 6 through
23    12.
24        A part-time provisional  teachers  certificate  shall  be
25    valid  for  2  years  and may be renewed at the end of each 2
26    year period.
27    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.1)
29        Sec.    21-11.1.      Certificates     for     equivalent
30    qualifications. An applicant who holds or is eligible to hold
31    a  teacher's certificate or license under the laws of another
32    state or territory of the United  States  may  be  granted  a
33    corresponding   teacher's  certificate  in  Illinois  on  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -123-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    written authorization of the State Board of Education and the
 2    State  Teacher  Certification  Board   upon   the   following
 3    conditions:
 4             (1)  That the applicant is at least 19 years of age,
 5        is  of  good  character, good health and a citizen of the
 6        United States; and
 7             (2)  That the requirements for a  similar  teacher's
 8        certificate in the particular state or territory were, at
 9        the  date  of  issuance of the certificate, substantially
10        equal to the  requirements  in  force  at  the  time  the
11        application is made for the certificate in this State.
12        After  January  1,  1988,  in  addition to satisfying the
13    foregoing conditions and requirements,  an  applicant  for  a
14    corresponding  teaching certificate in Illinois also shall be
15    required to pass the examinations test of  basic  skills  and
16    subject  matter  knowledge  required  under the provisions of
17    Section 21-1a as directed by the State Board of Education.
18        In determining good character  under  this  Section,  any
19    felony   conviction  of  the  applicant  may  be  taken  into
20    consideration, but the conviction shall not operate as a  bar
21    to registration.
22        The  State  Board  of  Education in consultation with the
23    State Teacher Certification Board shall prescribe  rules  and
24    regulations  establishing  the  similarity of certificates in
25    other  states  and  the   standards   for   determining   the
26    equivalence of requirements.
27    (Source: P.A. 87-242.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.3)
29        Sec.  21-11.3.  Resident teacher certificate.  A resident
30    teacher certificate shall be valid for 2 years for employment
31    as a resident teacher in a public school.  It shall be issued
32    only  to  persons  who  have  graduated  from  a   recognized
33    institution of higher education with a bachelor's degree, who
HB0452 Enrolled             -124-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    are  enrolled  in  a  program  of preparation approved by the
 2    State Superintendent of Education in  consultation  with  the
 3    State  Teacher  Certification  Board, and who have passed the
 4    appropriate  tests  as  required  in  test  of  basic  skills
 5    required by Section 21-1a and  as  determined  by  the  State
 6    Board  of  Education.   A resident teacher certificate may be
 7    issued for teaching children through grade 3  or  for  grades
 8    K-9,  6-12,  or K-12 in a special subject area and may not be
 9    renewed. A resident teacher may  teach  only  in  conjunction
10    with and under the direction of a certified teacher and shall
11    not teach in place of a certified teacher.
12    (Source: P.A. 87-222.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.4)
14        Sec. 21-11.4.  Illinois Teacher Corps.
15        (a)  The  General  Assembly finds and determines that (i)
16    it  is  important  to  encourage  the  entry   of   qualified
17    professionals  into  elementary  and  secondary teaching as a
18    second career; and (ii) there are a number of individuals who
19    have bachelors' degrees, experience in the work force, and an
20    interest in serving youth that creates a special talent  pool
21    with  great  potential  for  enriching  the lives of Illinois
22    children as teachers.  To provide this talent pool  with  the
23    opportunity  to serve children as teachers, school districts,
24    colleges, and universities are encouraged,  as  part  of  the
25    public  policy  of  this  State,  to enter into collaborative
26    programs  to  educate  and   induct   these   non-traditional
27    candidates  into  the teaching profession.  To facilitate the
28    certification  of  such  candidates,  the  State   Board   of
29    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
30    Certification  Board,  shall  assist  institutions  of higher
31    education and school districts with the implementation of the
32    Illinois Teacher Corps.
33        (b)  Individuals who wish to become  candidates  for  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -125-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    Illinois  Teacher  Corps program must earn a resident teacher
 2    certificate as defined in Section 21-11.3, including:
 3             (1)  graduation from  a  recognized  institution  of
 4        higher  education with a bachelor's degree and at least a
 5        3.00 out of a 4.00 grade point average;
 6             (2)  a minimum of 5 years of professional experience
 7        in the area the candidate wishes to teach;
 8             (3)  passing the examinations required by the  State
 9        Board  of  Education  test  of  basic  skills and subject
10        matter required by Section 21-1a;
11             (4)  enrollment in a  Masters  of  Education  Degree
12        program approved by the State Superintendent of Education
13        in  consultation  with  the  State  Teacher Certification
14        Board; and
15             (5)  completion of a 6 week summer intensive teacher
16        preparation course which is the first  component  of  the
17        Masters Degree program.
18        (c)  School  districts may hire an Illinois Teacher Corps
19    candidate  after  the  candidate  has  received  his  or  her
20    resident teacher certificate.  The school  district  has  the
21    responsibility  of  ensuring  that the candidates receive the
22    supports  necessary  to  become  qualified,   competent   and
23    productive  teachers.   To  be eligible to participate in the
24    Illinois Teacher Corps program, school districts must provide
25    a minimum of the following supports to the candidates:
26             (1)  a salary and  benefits  package  as  negotiated
27        through the teacher contracts;
28             (2)  a  mentor  certified  teacher  who will provide
29        guidance to  one  or  more  candidates  under  a  program
30        developed  collaboratively  by  the  school  district and
31        university;
32             (3)  at least  quarterly  evaluations  performed  of
33        each  candidate  jointly  by  the  mentor teacher and the
34        principal of the school or the principal's designee; and
HB0452 Enrolled             -126-              LRB9002549THcd
 1             (4)  a written and signed document from  the  school
 2        district  outlining  the  support the district intends to
 3        provide to the candidates,  for  approval  by  the  State
 4        Teacher Certification Board.
 5        (d)  Illinois institutions of higher education shall work
 6    collaboratively  with  school districts and the State Teacher
 7    Certification Board to academically  prepare  the  candidates
 8    for  the teaching profession.  To be eligible to participate,
 9    the  College  or  School  of  Education  of  a  participating
10    Illinois institution  of  higher  education  must  develop  a
11    curriculum  that  provides, upon completion, a Masters Degree
12    in Education for the candidates.  The Masters Degree  program
13    must:
14             (1)  receive   approval   from   the  State  Teacher
15        Certification Board; and
16             (2)  take no longer than 3 summers  and  2  academic
17        years  to  complete,  and  balance  the  needs  and  time
18        constraints of the candidates.
19        (e)  Upon  successful  completion  of  the Masters Degree
20    program,  the  candidate    receives  an   Initial   Teaching
21    Certificate becomes a fully certified teacher in the State of
22    Illinois  and all other general education academic coursework
23    deficiencies are waived.
24        (f)  If an individual wishes to become a candidate in the
25    Illinois Teacher Corps program, but does not possess 5  years
26    of  professional  experience,  the individual may qualify for
27    the  program  by  participating  in  a  one  year  internship
28    teacher preparation program with a school district.  The  one
29    year  internship  shall  be  developed collaboratively by the
30    school  district  and  the  Illinois  institution  of  higher
31    education,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the  State  Teacher
32    Certification Board.
33        (g)  The State Board of Education is authorized to  award
34    grants  to  school  districts that seek to prepare candidates
HB0452 Enrolled             -127-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    for the teaching profession who have bachelors'  degrees  and
 2    professional work experience in subjects relevant to teaching
 3    fields,  but who do not have formal preparation for teaching.
 4    Grants may be made to school districts for up to  $3,000  per
 5    candidate  when  the  school  district, in cooperation with a
 6    public  or  private  university  and  the  school  district's
 7    teacher  bargaining  unit,  develop  a  program  designed  to
 8    prepare teachers  pursuant  to  the  Illinois  Teacher  Corps
 9    program under this Section.
10    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
11        (105 ILCS 5/21-14) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-14)
12        Sec. 21-14. Registration and renewal of certificates.)
13        (a)  A  limited  four-year  certificate  or a certificate
14    issued  after  July  1,  1955,  shall  be  renewable  at  its
15    expiration  or  within  60  days  thereafter  by  the  county
16    superintendent of schools having supervision and control over
17    the school where  the  teacher  is  teaching  upon  certified
18    evidence  of meeting the requirements for renewal as required
19    by this Act and prescribed by the State Board of Education in
20    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   An
21    elementary  supervisory  certificate  shall not be renewed at
22    the  end  of  the  first  four-year  period  covered  by  the
23    certificate unless the holder  thereof  has  filed  certified
24    evidence  with  the State Teacher Certification Board that he
25    has a master's degree or that he has earned 8 semester  hours
26    of  credit  in  the  field  of educational administration and
27    supervision in a recognized institution of  higher  learning.
28    The  holder shall continue to earn 8 semester hours of credit
29    each four-year period until such time  as  he  has  earned  a
30    master's degree.
31        All  certificates  not  renewed  or  registered as herein
32    provided shall lapse after a  period  of  4  years  from  the
33    expiration   of   the   last   year  of  registration.   Such
HB0452 Enrolled             -128-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    certificates may be reinstated for a  one  year  period  upon
 2    payment   of   all   accumulated   registration  fees.   Such
 3    reinstated certificates shall only be renewed: (1) by earning
 4    5 semester hours of credit in  a  recognized  institution  of
 5    higher  learning in the field of professional education or in
 6    courses related to the holder's contractual teaching  duties;
 7    or  (2)  by  presenting  evidence  of holding a valid regular
 8    certificate of some  other  type.   Any  certificate  may  be
 9    voluntarily   surrendered   by  the  certificate  holder.   A
10    voluntarily surrendered certificate shall  be  treated  as  a
11    revoked certificate.
12        (b)  When   those  teaching  certificates  issued  before
13    January 1, 1999 are renewed for the first time after  January
14    1,  1999,  all  such teaching certificates shall be exchanged
15    for Standard Teaching Certificates as provided in  subsection
16    (c)  of  Section  21-2.   All  Initial  and Standard Teaching
17    Certificates,  including  those   issued   to   persons   who
18    previously  held  teaching certificates issued before January
19    1, 1999, shall be renewable under the conditions set forth in
20    this subsection (b).
21        Initial Teaching Certificates are valid for 4  years  and
22    are   nonrenewable.     Standard  Teaching  Certificates  are
23    renewable every 5 years as  provided  in  subsection  (c)  of
24    Section 21-2.
25    (Source: P.A. 86-400.)
26        (105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
27        Sec.  24-11.   Boards  of  Education  -  Boards of School
28    Inspectors - Contractual continued service.  As used in  this
29    and the succeeding Sections of this Article:,
30        "Teacher"  means  any  or  all  school district employees
31    regularly required to be certified under laws relating to the
32    certification of teachers.,
33        "Board" means board of directors, board of education,  or
HB0452 Enrolled             -129-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    board of school inspectors, as the case may be., and
 2        "School term" means that portion of the school year, July
 3    1 to the following June 30, when school is in actual session.
 4        This  Section  and  Sections  24-12 through 24-16 of this
 5    Article apply only  to  school  districts  having  less  than
 6    500,000 inhabitants.
 7        Any  teacher  who  has been employed in any district as a
 8    full-time teacher for a probationary period of 2  consecutive
 9    school  terms  shall enter upon contractual continued service
10    unless given written notice of dismissal stating the specific
11    reason therefor, by certified mail, return receipt  requested
12    by  the employing board at least 45 60 days before the end of
13    such period; except that for a teacher who is first  employed
14    by  a school district on or after January 1, 1998 and who has
15    not  before  that  date  already  entered  upon   contractual
16    continued  service  in that district, the probationary period
17    shall be 4 consecutive school terms before the teacher  shall
18    enter upon contractual continued service.  For the purpose of
19    determining   contractual   continued   service,   the  first
20    probationary year shall be any full-time  employment  from  a
21    date  before  November  1 through the end of the school year.
22    If, however, a  teacher  has  not  had  one  school  term  of
23    full-time  teaching  experience  before the beginning of such
24    probationary period, the employing board may  at  its  option
25    extend  such  probationary  period  for one additional school
26    term by giving the teacher written notice by certified  mail,
27    return  receipt  requested at least 60 days before the end of
28    the second school term of the period of 2 consecutive  school
29    terms  referred to above.  Such notice must state the reasons
30    for the one year extension and must  outline  the  corrective
31    actions  which  the  teacher  should  take  to satisfactorily
32    complete probation.
33        Any full-time teacher who  is  not  completing  the  last
34    first  year  of  the  probationary  period  described  in the
HB0452 Enrolled             -130-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    preceding paragraph, or any teacher employed on  a  full-time
 2    basis  not  later  than  January  1 of the school term, shall
 3    receive written notice from the employing board at  least  45
 4    60  days  before the end of any school term whether or not he
 5    will be re-employed for the following  school  term.  If  the
 6    board fails to give such notice, the employee shall be deemed
 7    reemployed,  and not later than the close of the then current
 8    school term the board shall issue a regular contract  to  the
 9    employee  as though the board had reemployed him in the usual
10    manner.
11        Contractual continued service shall  continue  in  effect
12    the  terms  and  provisions  of the contract with the teacher
13    during the last  school  term  of  the  probationary  period,
14    subject  to  this  Act  and  the  lawful  regulations  of the
15    employing board. This Section and succeeding Sections do  not
16    modify any existing power of the board except with respect to
17    the procedure of the discharge of a teacher and reductions in
18    salary as hereinafter provided. Contractual continued service
19    status  shall not restrict the power of the board to transfer
20    a teacher to a position which the  teacher  is  qualified  to
21    fill   or  to  make  such  salary  adjustments  as  it  deems
22    desirable, but unless reductions in  salary  are  uniform  or
23    based  upon some reasonable classification, any teacher whose
24    salary is reduced shall be entitled to a notice and a hearing
25    as hereinafter provided in the case of certain dismissals  or
26    removals.
27        The  employment  of any teacher in a program of a special
28    education joint agreement established under Section  3-15.14,
29    10-22.31  or  10-22.31a  shall  be  under this and succeeding
30    Sections of this Article.   For  purposes  of  attaining  and
31    maintaining   contractual  continued  service  and  computing
32    length of continuing service as referred to in  this  Section
33    and  Section 24-12, employment in a special educational joint
34    program shall  be  deemed  a  continuation  of  all  previous
HB0452 Enrolled             -131-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    certificated  employment  of  such  teacher  for  such  joint
 2    agreement  whether  the employer of the teacher was the joint
 3    agreement,  the  regional  superintendent,  or  one  of   the
 4    participating districts in the joint agreement.
 5        Any  teacher  employed  after July 1, 1987 as a full-time
 6    teacher in a program of a special education joint  agreement,
 7    whether  the  program is operated by the joint agreement or a
 8    member district on behalf  of  the  joint  agreement,  for  a
 9    probationary period of two consecutive years shall enter upon
10    contractual   continued   service  in  all  of  the  programs
11    conducted by  such  joint  agreement  which  the  teacher  is
12    legally  qualified  to hold; except that for a teacher who is
13    first employed on or after January 1, 1998 in a program of  a
14    special education joint agreement and who has not before that
15    date  already  entered  upon contractual continued service in
16    all of the programs conducted by the joint agreement that the
17    teacher is legally qualified to hold, the probationary period
18    shall be 4 consecutive years before the teacher  enters  upon
19    contractual  continued  service in all of those programs.  In
20    the event of  a  reduction  in  the  number  of  programs  or
21    positions  in the joint agreement, the teacher on contractual
22    continued service shall be eligible  for  employment  in  the
23    joint  agreement  programs  for  which the teacher is legally
24    qualified in order of greater length of continuing service in
25    the  joint  agreement  unless  an   alternative   method   of
26    determining  the  sequence  of  dismissal is established in a
27    collective  bargaining  agreement.   In  the  event  of   the
28    dissolution  of a joint agreement, the teacher on contractual
29    continued service who is legally qualified shall be  assigned
30    to  any  comparable  position  in a member district currently
31    held by a  teacher  who  has  not  entered  upon  contractual
32    continued  service  or held by a teacher who has entered upon
33    contractual  continued  service  with   shorter   length   of
34    contractual continued service.
HB0452 Enrolled             -132-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        The  governing  board  of  the  joint  agreement,  or the
 2    administrative district, if so authorized by the articles  of
 3    agreement  of  the  joint agreement, rather than the board of
 4    education of a school district, may carry out employment  and
 5    termination  actions  including dismissals under this Section
 6    and Section 24-12.
 7        For purposes of this  and  succeeding  Sections  of  this
 8    Article,  a  program of a special educational joint agreement
 9    shall be defined as instructional, consultative, supervisory,
10    administrative, diagnostic, and related  services  which  are
11    managed  by  the special educational joint agreement designed
12    to service two or more districts which  are  members  of  the
13    joint agreement.
14        Each  joint  agreement  shall  be  required  to  post  by
15    February 1, a list of all its employees in order of length of
16    continuing   service   in  the  joint  agreement,  unless  an
17    alternative method of determining a sequence of dismissal  is
18    established in an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
19        The  employment  of  any  teacher  in a special education
20    program authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or  a
21    joint   educational   program   established   under   Section
22    10-22.31a, shall be under this and the succeeding Sections of
23    this   Article,   and  such  employment  shall  be  deemed  a
24    continuation of the previous employment of  such  teacher  in
25    any   of  the  participating  districts,  regardless  of  the
26    participation of other districts in the program. Any  teacher
27    employed  as  a  full-time  teacher  in  a  special education
28    program prior to September 23, 1987 in which 2 or more school
29    districts  participate  for  a  probationary  period   of   2
30    consecutive  years  shall  enter  upon  contractual continued
31    service in each of the participating  districts,  subject  to
32    this  and the succeeding Sections of this Article, and in the
33    event of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
34    any vacant position in any of such districts for  which  such
HB0452 Enrolled             -133-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    teacher is qualified.
 2    (Source: P.A. 85-1163; 85-1209; 85-1440.)
 3        (105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5)
 4        Sec.  24A-5.   Content  of evaluation plans.  Each school
 5    district to which this  Article  applies  shall  establish  a
 6    teacher  evaluation  plan  which ensures that each teacher in
 7    contractual continued service is evaluated at least  once  in
 8    the  course  of  every  2  school  years,  beginning with the
 9    1986-87 school year.
10        The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of
11    this Section and of any rules adopted by the State  Board  of
12    Education pursuant to this Section.
13        The  plan  shall  include a description of each teacher's
14    duties and responsibilities and of  the  standards  to  which
15    that teacher is expected to conform.
16        The  plan  may  provide for evaluation of personnel whose
17    positions require administrative certification by independent
18    evaluators not employed by  or  affiliated  with  the  school
19    district.  The results of the school district administrators'
20    evaluations  shall be reported to the employing school board,
21    together with such recommendations  for  remediation  as  the
22    evaluator or evaluators may deem appropriate.
23        Evaluation  of  teachers  whose  positions do not require
24    administrative  certification  shall  be  conducted   by   an
25    administrator  qualified under Section 24A-3, or -- in school
26    districts having a population exceeding 500,000 -- by  either
27    an   administrator   qualified  under  Section  24A-3  or  an
28    assistant principal under the supervision of an administrator
29    qualified under Section 24A-3, and shall include at least the
30    following components:
31             (a)  personal observation  of  the  teacher  in  the
32        classroom  (on at least 2 different school days in school
33        districts having a population  exceeding  500,000)  by  a
HB0452 Enrolled             -134-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        district  administrator qualified under Section 24A-3, or
 2        -- in school  districts  having  a  population  exceeding
 3        500,000  --  by  either  an administrator qualified under
 4        Section  24A-3  or  an  assistant  principal  under   the
 5        supervision  of  an administrator qualified under Section
 6        24A-3, unless the teacher has no classroom duties.
 7             (b)  consideration  of  the  teacher's   attendance,
 8        planning,    and    instructional    methods,   classroom
 9        management, where relevant, and competency in the subject
10        matter taught, where relevant.
11             (c)  rating  of   the   teacher's   performance   as
12        "excellent", "satisfactory" or "unsatisfactory".
13             (d)  specification as to the teacher's strengths and
14        weaknesses,  with  supporting  reasons  for  the comments
15        made.
16             (e)  inclusion of a copy of the  evaluation  in  the
17        teacher's  personnel  file and provision of a copy to the
18        teacher.
19             (f)  within  30  days   after   completion   of   an
20        evaluation   rating   a   teacher   as  "unsatisfactory",
21        development and commencement by the district,  or  by  an
22        administrator   qualified   under  Section  24A-3  or  an
23        assistant  principal  under   the   supervision   of   an
24        administrator  qualified  under  Section  24A-3 in school
25        districts having a population  exceeding  500,000,  of  a
26        remediation  plan designed to correct deficiencies cited,
27        provided the deficiencies are deemed remediable.  In  all
28        school  districts  having  a population exceeding 500,000
29        the remediation plan for unsatisfactory, tenured teachers
30        shall provide for 90 school 45 days of school remediation
31        within the classroom.  Additional remediation,  up  to  6
32        months  (inclusive  of the 45 days), may be provided only
33        in those cases where at the termination  of  the  45  day
34        in-class   remediation,   the  principal  and  consulting
HB0452 Enrolled             -135-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        teacher provided  for  herein  determine  (based  on  the
 2        teacher's  progress)  that the teacher may be remediable,
 3        but  such  additional   remediation   shall   create   no
 4        presumption of remediability and may be terminated at any
 5        time after 45 or 90 days by the principal.  The principal
 6        and  consulting teacher shall determine if the additional
 7        remediation time shall be conducted within or outside  of
 8        the   assigned   classroom.    In  all  school  districts
 9        evaluations issued pursuant to  this  Section  in  school
10        districts  having a population exceeding 500,000 shall be
11        issued  within  10  days  after  the  conclusion  of  the
12        respective remediation plan.  However, the  school  board
13        or  other  governing  authority of the district shall not
14        lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher in the event the
15        evaluation  is  not  issued  within  10  days  after  the
16        conclusion of the respective remediation plan.
17             (g)  participation in the remediation  plan  by  the
18        teacher  rated "unsatisfactory", a district administrator
19        qualified under Section 24A-3 (or -- in a school district
20        having a population exceeding 500,000 -- an administrator
21        qualified under Section 24A-3 or an  assistant  principal
22        under the supervision of an administrator qualified under
23        Section 24A-3), and a consulting teacher, selected by the
24        participating administrator or by the principal, or -- in
25        school districts having a population exceeding 500,000 --
26        by  an  administrator qualified under Section 24A-3 or by
27        an  assistant  principal  under  the  supervision  of  an
28        administrator  qualified  under  Section  24A-3,  of  the
29        teacher who was rated "unsatisfactory", which  consulting
30        teacher  is  an  educational  employee  as defined in the
31        Educational Labor Relations Act, has at  least  5  years'
32        teaching experience and a reasonable familiarity with the
33        assignment  of  the  teacher  being  evaluated,  and  who
34        received  an "excellent" rating on his or her most recent
HB0452 Enrolled             -136-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        evaluation.  Where no teachers who  meet  these  criteria
 2        are  available  within  the  district, the district shall
 3        request and the State Board of Education shall supply, to
 4        participate in the remediation process, an individual who
 5        meets these criteria.
 6             In a district  having  a  population  of  less  than
 7        500,000   with   an   exclusive   bargaining  agent,  the
 8        bargaining agent may, if it so chooses, supply  a  roster
 9        of qualified teachers from whom the consulting teacher is
10        to  be selected.  That roster shall, however, contain the
11        names of at least 5 teachers,  each  of  whom  meets  the
12        criteria  for  consulting  teacher  with  regard  to  the
13        teacher  being evaluated, or the names of all teachers so
14        qualified if that number is less than 5.  In the event of
15        a dispute as to  qualification,  the  State  Board  shall
16        determine qualification.
17             (h)  quarterly  evaluations and ratings for one year
18        immediately  following  receipt  of  an  "unsatisfactory"
19        rating of a teacher for whom a remediation plan has  been
20        developed;  provided  that  in  school districts having a
21        population  exceeding  500,000  there  shall  be  monthly
22        evaluations and  ratings  for  the  first  6  months  and
23        quarterly  evaluations  and ratings for the next 6 months
24        immediately  following  completion  of  the   remediation
25        program of a teacher for whom a remediation plan has been
26        developed.   These   subsequent   evaluations   shall  be
27        conducted by the participating administrator,  or  --  in
28        school districts having a population exceeding 500,000 --
29        by  either  the  principal  or  by an assistant principal
30        under the supervision of an administrator qualified under
31        Section 24A-3.   The  consulting  teacher  shall  provide
32        advice  to  the  teacher rated "unsatisfactory" on how to
33        improve teaching skills and to successfully complete  the
34        remediation   plan.    The   consulting   teacher   shall
HB0452 Enrolled             -137-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        participate  in  developing the remediation plan, but the
 2        final decision as to the evaluation shall be done  solely
 3        by  the administrator, or -- in school districts having a
 4        population exceeding 500,000 -- by either  the  principal
 5        or  by an assistant principal under the supervision of an
 6        administrator qualified under Section  24A-3,  unless  an
 7        applicable  collective  bargaining  agreement provides to
 8        the contrary.  Teachers in the remediation process  in  a
 9        school district having a population exceeding 500,000 are
10        not  subject  to  the  annual  evaluations  described  in
11        paragraphs  (a) through (e) of this Section.  Evaluations
12        at the conclusion of the  remediation  process  shall  be
13        separate   and   distinct   from   the   required  annual
14        evaluations of teachers and shall not be subject  to  the
15        guidelines   and  procedures  relating  to  those  annual
16        evaluations.  The evaluator may but is  not  required  to
17        use  the  forms  provided  for  the  annual evaluation of
18        teachers in the district's evaluation plan.
19             (i)  in school districts having a population of less
20        than 500,000, reinstatement to  a  schedule  of  biennial
21        evaluation  for  any  teacher  who  completes  the 1-year
22        remediation plan with a "satisfactory" or better  rating,
23        unless   the  district's  plan  regularly  requires  more
24        frequent evaluations; and in school  districts  having  a
25        population exceeding 500,000, reinstatement to a schedule
26        of  biennial evaluation for any teacher who completes the
27        90 45 school day remediation plan or extended plan of  up
28        to  6-months  with  a "satisfactory" or better rating and
29        the one year intensive review  schedule  as  provided  in
30        paragraph  (h)  of  this Section with a "satisfactory" or
31        better rating,  unless  such  district's  plan  regularly
32        requires more frequent evaluations.
33             (j)  dismissal  in  accordance with Section 24-12 or
34        34-85 of The School Code  of any  teacher  who  fails  to
HB0452 Enrolled             -138-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        complete   any   applicable   remediation   plan  with  a
 2        "satisfactory" or better rating.  Districts and  teachers
 3        subject   to   dismissal   hearings  are  precluded  from
 4        compelling the testimony of consulting teachers  at  such
 5        hearings  under  Section 24-12 or 34-85, either as to the
 6        rating  process  or  for  opinions  of  performances   by
 7        teachers under remediation.
 8        In   a   district   districts  subject  to  a  collective
 9    bargaining  agreement  as  of  the  effective  date  of  this
10    amendatory Act of 1997 August 1, 1985, any  changes  made  by
11    this  amendatory  Act  to the provisions of this Section that
12    are contrary to the express  terms  and  provisions  of  that
13    agreement  shall  go  into  effect in that district only upon
14    expiration  of  that  agreement.   Thereafter,   collectively
15    bargained  evaluation  plans  shall  at  a  minimum  meet the
16    standards  of  this  Article.  If  such  a  district  has  an
17    evaluation plan, however, whether pursuant to the  collective
18    bargaining  agreement or otherwise, a copy of that plan shall
19    be submitted to the State Board of Education for  review  and
20    comment, in accordance with Section 24A-4.
21        Nothing  in this Section shall be construed as preventing
22    immediate dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies  which  are
23    deemed  irremediable or for actions which are injurious to or
24    endanger the health or person of students in the classroom or
25    school. Failure to strictly comply with the time requirements
26    contained in Section 24A-5 shall not invalidate  the  results
27    of the remediation plan.
28    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/27A-2)
30        Sec. 27A-2. Legislative declaration.
31        (a)  The General Assembly finds and declares as follows:
32             (1)  Encouraging  educational  excellence  is in the
33        best interests of the people of this State.
HB0452 Enrolled             -139-              LRB9002549THcd
 1             (2)  There are  educators,  community  members,  and
 2        parents in Illinois who can offer flexible and innovative
 3        educational  techniques  and  programs,  but  who lack an
 4        avenue through which to provide them  within  the  public
 5        school system.
 6             (3)  The   enactment   of   legislation  authorizing
 7        charter schools to operate in Illinois will  promote  new
 8        options  within the public school system and will provide
 9        pupils, educators, community members,  and  parents  with
10        the stimulus to strive for educational excellence.
11        (b)  The General Assembly further finds and declares that
12    this Article is enacted for the following purposes:
13             (1)  To  improve  pupil learning by creating schools
14        with high, rigorous standards for pupil performance.
15             (2)  To  increase  learning  opportunities  for  all
16        pupils,  with  special  emphasis  on  expanded   learning
17        experiences for at-risk pupils, consistent, however, with
18        an  equal  commitment  to increase learning opportunities
19        for all other groups of pupils in a manner that does  not
20        discriminate  on  the  basis  of disability, race, creed,
21        color,  gender,  national  origin,  religion,   ancestry,
22        marital status, or need for special education services.
23             (3)  To  encourage  the  use  of innovative teaching
24        methods that may  be  different  in  some  respects  than
25        others regularly used in the public school system.
26             (4)  To  allow the development of new, different, or
27        alternative innovative forms of measuring pupil  learning
28        and achievement.
29             (5)  To  create  new  professional opportunities for
30        teachers, including the opportunity to be responsible for
31        the learning program at the school site.
32             (6)  To provide parents  and  pupils  with  expanded
33        choices within the public school system.
34             (7)  To encourage parental and community involvement
HB0452 Enrolled             -140-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        with public schools.
 2             (8)  To hold charter schools accountable for meeting
 3        rigorous  school  content  standards and to provide those
 4        schools with the opportunity to improve accountability.
 5        (c)  In authorizing charter schools, it is the intent  of
 6    the  General  Assembly  to  create  a  legitimate  avenue for
 7    parents, teachers, and community members to take  responsible
 8    risks  and  create new, innovative, and more flexible ways of
 9    educating children within  the  public  school  system.   The
10    General  Assembly  seeks  to  create opportunities within the
11    public  school  system  of  Illinois   for   development   of
12    innovative   and   accountable  teaching  techniques.     The
13    provisions of this Article should be interpreted liberally to
14    support the findings and goals of this Section and to advance
15    a renewed commitment by the State of Illinois to the mission,
16    goals, and diversity of public education.
17    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
18        (105 ILCS 5/27A-7)
19        Sec. 27A-7.  Charter submission.
20        (a)  A proposal to establish a charter  school  shall  be
21    submitted  to  the  State Board and the local school board in
22    the form of a proposed  contract  entered  into  between  the
23    local  school  board  and  the  governing  body of a proposed
24    charter school.  The charter school proposal as submitted  to
25    the State Board shall include:
26             (1)  The  name of the proposed charter school, which
27        must include the words "Charter School".
28             (2)  The age or grade range, areas of focus, minimum
29        and maximum numbers of  pupils  to  be  enrolled  in  the
30        charter  school,  and  any  other admission criteria that
31        would be legal if used by a school district.
32             (3)  A description of and address for  the  physical
33        plant  in  which  the  charter  school  will  be located;
HB0452 Enrolled             -141-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        provided that nothing in the Article shall be  deemed  to
 2        justify  delaying  or  withholding favorable action on or
 3        approval  of  a  charter  school  proposal  because   the
 4        building  or  buildings in which the charter school is to
 5        be located have not been acquired or rented at the time a
 6        charter school proposal is submitted  or  approved  or  a
 7        charter  school contract is entered into or submitted for
 8        certification or certified, so long as  the  proposal  or
 9        submission identifies and names at least 2 sites that are
10        potentially available as a charter school facility by the
11        time the charter school is to open.
12             (4)  The  mission  statement  of the charter school,
13        which must be  consistent  with  the  General  Assembly's
14        declared  purposes; provided that nothing in this Article
15        shall be construed to require that, in order  to  receive
16        favorable  consideration  and  approval, a charter school
17        proposal  demonstrate  unequivocally  that  the   charter
18        school  will  be  able  to  meet  each  of those declared
19        purposes, it being the intention of the  Charter  Schools
20        Law  that  those  purposes  be  recognized  as goals that
21        charter schools must aspire to attain.
22             (5)  The goals, objectives,  and  pupil  performance
23        standards to be achieved by the charter school.
24             (6)  In  the  case  of  a  proposal  to  establish a
25        charter school by converting an existing public school or
26        attendance center to charter school status, evidence that
27        the proposed formation of the charter school has received
28        the required approval of from  certified  teachers,  from
29        parents  and  guardians, and, if applicable, from a local
30        school council as provided in subsection (b)  of  Section
31        27A-8.
32             (7)  A   description   of   the   charter   school's
33        educational   program,   pupil   performance   standards,
34        curriculum,  school  year,  school  days,  and  hours  of
HB0452 Enrolled             -142-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        operation.
 2             (8)  A  description of the charter school's plan for
 3        evaluating pupil performance, the  types  of  assessments
 4        that  will  be  used  to  measure  pupil progress towards
 5        achievement of the school's pupil performance  standards,
 6        the  timeline for achievement of those standards, and the
 7        procedures for taking corrective action in the event that
 8        pupil performance at the charter school falls below those
 9        standards.
10             (9)  Evidence that  the  terms  of  the  charter  as
11        proposed  are  economically  sound  for  both the charter
12        school and the school district, a proposed budget for the
13        term of the charter, a description of the manner in which
14        an annual  audit  of  the  financial  and  administrative
15        operations  of the charter school, including any services
16        provided by the school district, are to be conducted, and
17        a plan for the  displacement  of  pupils,  teachers,  and
18        other employees who will not attend or be employed in the
19        charter school.
20             (10)  A  description of the governance and operation
21        of the charter school, including the nature and extent of
22        parental,   professional    educator,    and    community
23        involvement  in  the  governance  and  operation  of  the
24        charter school.
25             (11)  An  explanation  of the relationship that will
26        exist between  the  charter  school  and  its  employees,
27        including  evidence  that  the  terms  and  conditions of
28        employment have been addressed  with  affected  employees
29        and  their recognized representative, if any.  However, a
30        bargaining unit of  charter  school  employees  shall  be
31        separate  and  distinct  from any bargaining units formed
32        from employees of a school district in which the  charter
33        school is located.
34             (12)  An  agreement  between  the  parties regarding
HB0452 Enrolled             -143-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        their respective legal liability and applicable insurance
 2        coverage.
 3             (13)  A description of how the charter school  plans
 4        to  meet  the  transportation needs of its pupils,  and a
 5        plan  for  addressing   the   transportation   needs   of
 6        low-income and at-risk pupils.
 7             (14)  The  proposed  effective  date and term of the
 8        charter;  provided  that  the  first  day  of  the  first
 9        academic year and the first day of the fiscal year  shall
10        be  no earlier than August 15 and no later than September
11        15 of  a  calendar  year  of  the  charter  school  shall
12        coincide  with the first day of the academic year and the
13        first  day  of  the  fiscal  year  of  the  local  school
14        district.
15             (15)  Any other information reasonably  required  by
16        the State Board of Education.
17        (b)  A  proposal  to  establish  a  charter school may be
18    initiated by individuals  or  organizations  that  will  have
19    majority  representation  on  the board of directors or other
20    governing body of the corporation  or  other  discrete  legal
21    entity  that  is  to  be  established to operate the proposed
22    charter school,  or  by  the  board  of  directors  or  other
23    governing body of a discrete legal entity already existing or
24    established  to  operate  the  proposed  charter school.  The
25    individuals or organizations referred to in  this  subsection
26    may  be  school teachers, school administrators, local school
27    councils, colleges or universities or their faculty  members,
28    public  community  colleges  or  their  instructors  or other
29    representatives, corporations, or  other  entities  or  their
30    representatives.   The  proposal  shall  be  submitted to the
31    local school board for consideration and, if appropriate, for
32    development of a proposed contract to  be  submitted  to  the
33    State Board  for certification under Section 27A-6.
34        (c)  The  local  school board may not without the consent
HB0452 Enrolled             -144-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    of the governing body of the  charter  school  condition  its
 2    approval  of  a  charter  school proposal on acceptance of an
 3    agreement to operate under State  laws  and  regulations  and
 4    local  school board policies from which the charter school is
 5    otherwise exempted under this Article.
 6    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/27A-8)
 8        Sec. 27A-8.  Evaluation of charter proposals.
 9        (a)  In evaluating any charter school proposal  submitted
10    to  it,  the  local  school  board  shall  give preference to
11    proposals that:
12             (1)  demonstrate  a  high  level  of  local   pupil,
13        parental,   community,  business,  and  school  personnel
14        support;
15             (2)  set   rigorous   levels   of   expected   pupil
16        achievement and demonstrate feasible plans for  attaining
17        those levels of achievement; and
18             (3)  are  designed to enroll and serve a substantial
19        proportion of at-risk children; provided that nothing  in
20        the Charter Schools Law shall be construed as intended to
21        limit  the establishment of charter schools to those that
22        serve a substantial portion of at-risk children or to  in
23        any   manner   restrict,   limit,   or   discourage   the
24        establishment  of  charter  schools that enroll and serve
25        other   pupil   populations   under    a    nonexclusive,
26        nondiscriminatory admissions policy.
27        (b)  In  the  case  of  a proposal to establish a charter
28    school by converting an existing public school or  attendance
29    center  to  charter school status, evidence that the proposed
30    formation of the charter school has received majority support
31    from certified teachers and from parents and guardians in the
32    school or attendance center affected by the proposed charter,
33    and, if applicable, from a local  school  council,  shall  be
HB0452 Enrolled             -145-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    demonstrated  by  a petition in support of the charter school
 2    signed by certified teachers and a petition in support of the
 3    charter school  signed  by  parents  and  guardians  and,  if
 4    applicable,  by  a vote of the local school council held at a
 5    public meeting.  In  the  case  of  all  other  proposals  to
 6    establish a charter school, evidence of sufficient support to
 7    fill  the number of pupil seats set forth in the proposal may
 8    shall be demonstrated by a petition in support of the charter
 9    school signed by parents and guardians of  students  eligible
10    to  attend the charter school. In all cases, the individuals,
11    organizations, or  entities  who  initiate  the  proposal  to
12    establish  a  charter  school may elect, in lieu of including
13    any petition referred to in this subsection as a part of  the
14    proposal  submitted to the local school board, to demonstrate
15    that the charter school has received the support referred  to
16    in   this   subsection  by  other  evidence  and  information
17    presented at the public meeting that the local  school  board
18    is required to convene under this Section.
19        (c)  Within  45  days  of  receipt  of  a  charter school
20    proposal, the local  school  board  shall  convene  a  public
21    meeting  to  obtain  information  to  assist the board in its
22    decision to grant or deny the charter school proposal.
23        (d)  Notice  of  the  public  meeting  required  by  this
24    Section shall be published in a community newspaper published
25    in the school district  in  which  the  proposed  charter  is
26    located  and,  if  there  is  no  such  newspaper,  then in a
27    newspaper published in the county and having  circulation  in
28    the school district.  The notices shall be published not more
29    than  10  days  nor  less  than 5 days before the meeting and
30    shall state  that  information  regarding  a  charter  school
31    proposal  will be heard at the meeting.  Copies of the notice
32    shall also be posted at appropriate locations in  the  school
33    or  attendance center proposed to be established as a charter
34    school, the public schools in the school  district,  and  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -146-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    local school board office.
 2        (e)  Within  30  days  of  the  public meeting, the local
 3    school board shall vote, in a public meeting, to either grant
 4    or deny the charter school proposal.
 5        (f)  Within 7 days of the public meeting  required  under
 6    subsection  (e),  the  local school board shall file a report
 7    with to the State Board granting or  denying  the  whether  a
 8    proposal  has  been  granted  or  denied.  Within  14 days of
 9    receipt of the local school board's report, the  State  Board
10    shall  determine  whether  the  approved  charter proposal is
11    consistent with the provisions of this Article  and,  if  the
12    approved  proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to
13    Section 27A-6.
14    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
15        (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
16        Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
17        (a)  A charter may be granted for a period not less  than
18    3 and not more than 5 school years.  A charter may be renewed
19    in incremental periods not to exceed 5 school years.
20        (b)  A  charter  school renewal proposal submitted to the
21    local school board shall contain:
22             (1)  A report on the progress of the charter  school
23        in  achieving  the  goals,  objectives, pupil performance
24        standards, content standards,  and  other  terms  of  the
25        initial approved charter proposal; and
26             (2)  A  financial statement that discloses the costs
27        of  administration,  instruction,  and   other   spending
28        categories  for the charter school that is understandable
29        to the general public and that will allow  comparison  of
30        those   costs   to  other  schools  or  other  comparable
31        organizations, in a format required by the State Board.
32        (c)  A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
33    school board clearly demonstrates determines that the charter
HB0452 Enrolled             -147-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    school did any of  the  following,  or  otherwise  failed  to
 2    comply with the requirements of this law for other good cause
 3    shown:
 4             (1)  Committed  a  material  violation of any of the
 5        conditions, standards, or procedures  set  forth  in  the
 6        charter.
 7             (2)  Failed  to  meet  or  make  reasonable progress
 8        toward achievement of  the  content  standards  or  pupil
 9        performance standards identified in the charter.
10             (3)  Failed  to meet generally accepted standards of
11        fiscal management.
12             (4)  Violated any provision of law  from  which  the
13        charter school was not exempted.
14        (d)  (Blank).  In  addition, a charter may not be renewed
15    if the local school board determines that it is  not  in  the
16    interest of the pupils residing within the school district or
17    service area to continue the operation of the charter school.
18        (e)  Notice  of  a local school board's decision to deny,
19    revoke or not to renew a charter shall  be  provided  to  the
20    State  Board.  The  State  Board  may reverse a local board's
21    decision if the State Board finds that the charter school  or
22    charter  school  proposal  (i)  is  in  compliance  with this
23    Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students it
24    is designed to serve. Final  decisions  of  the  State  Board
25    shall  be subject to judicial review under the Administrative
26    Review Law.
27        (f)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
28    the State Board on appeal reverses a local board's  decision,
29    the State Board shall act as the authorized chartering entity
30    for  the  charter  school.  The State Board shall approve and
31    certify the charter and shall  perform  all  functions  under
32    this  Article  otherwise performed by the local school board.
33    The State Board shall report the aggregate number of  charter
34    school  pupils resident in a school district to that district
HB0452 Enrolled             -148-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    and shall notify the district of the amount of funding to  be
 2    paid  by the State Board to the charter school enrolling such
 3    students.   The  State  Board  shall  withhold   from   funds
 4    otherwise  due  the  district  the  funds  authorized by this
 5    Article to be paid to the charter school and shall  pay  such
 6    amounts to the charter school.
 7    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
 9        Sec. 27A-11.  Financing.
10        (a)  For  purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in
11    a charter school shall be included in the pupil enrollment of
12    the school district within which  the  pupil  resides.   Each
13    charter  school  (i)  shall  determine the school district in
14    which each pupil  who  is  enrolled  in  the  charter  school
15    resides, and (ii) shall report the aggregate number of pupils
16    resident of a school district who are enrolled in the charter
17    school  to  the school district in which those pupils reside,
18    and (iii) shall maintain accurate records of daily attendance
19    that shall be deemed sufficient to file claims under  Section
20    18-8  notwithstanding  any other requirements of that Section
21    regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification.
22        (b)  As part of a charter school  contract,  the  charter
23    school  and the local school board shall agree on funding and
24    any services to be provided by the  school  district  to  the
25    charter  school.  Agreed  funding that a charter school is to
26    receive from the local school board for a school  year  shall
27    be  paid  in equal quarterly installments with the payment of
28    the installment for the first quarter being  made  not  later
29    than  July  1,  unless  the  charter  establishes a different
30    payment schedule.
31        All services  centrally  or  otherwise  provided  by  the
32    school district including, but not limited to, food services,
33    custodial  services, maintenance, curriculum, media services,
HB0452 Enrolled             -149-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall  be  subject
 2    to  negotiation between a charter school and the local school
 3    board and paid for out of the revenues negotiated pursuant to
 4    this subsection (b); provided that  the  local  school  board
 5    shall not attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate a
 6    charter school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for
 7    whom  a  district  is  not required to provide transportation
 8    under the criteria set forth in subsection (a)(13) of Section
 9    27A-7.
10        In no event shall the funding be less  than  75%  95%  or
11    more  than  125%  105%  of  the  school district's per capita
12    student tuition multiplied by the number of students residing
13    in the district who are enrolled in the charter school.
14        It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and
15    service agreements under this subsection (b) shall be neither
16    a financial incentive nor a  financial  disincentive  to  the
17    establishment of a charter school.
18        Fees collected from students enrolled at a charter school
19    shall be retained by the charter school.
20        (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection (b) of this Section, the
21    proportionate share of State and federal resources  generated
22    by  students with disabilities or staff serving them shall be
23    directed to charter schools enrolling those students by their
24    school districts or administrative units.  The  proportionate
25    share  of  moneys  generated  under  other  federal  or State
26    categorical aid programs shall be directed to charter schools
27    serving students eligible for that aid.
28        (d)(1)  The  governing  body  of  a  charter  school   is
29    authorized  to accept gifts, donations, or grants of any kind
30    made to the charter  school  and  to  expend  or  use  gifts,
31    donations,  or  grants  in  accordance  with  the  conditions
32    prescribed  by the donor; however, a gift, donation, or grant
33    may not be accepted by the governing body if it is subject to
34    any condition contrary to applicable law or contrary  to  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -150-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    terms  of  the  contract  between  the charter school and the
 2    local school board.  Charter schools shall be  encouraged  to
 3    solicit  and  utilize  community volunteer speakers and other
 4    instructional resources when  providing  instruction  on  the
 5    Holocaust and other historical events.
 6        (2)  From  amounts  appropriated  to  the State Board for
 7    purposes of this subsection (d)(2), the State Board may  make
 8    loans to charter schools established under this Article to be
 9    used  by  those  schools  to  defer  their  start-up costs of
10    acquiring  textbooks  and  laboratory  and  other   equipment
11    required for student instruction. Any such loan shall be made
12    to  a  charter  school  at  the  inception of the term of its
13    charter, under terms established  by  the  State  Board,  and
14    shall  be  repaid  by the charter school over the term of its
15    charter.
16        (e)  No later than January 1, 1997, the State Board shall
17    issue a report to  the  General  Assembly  and  the  Governor
18    describing  the charter schools certified under this Article,
19    their geographic locations, their areas  of  focus,  and  the
20    numbers of school children served by them.
21        (f)  The  State  Board shall provide technical assistance
22    to  persons  and  groups  preparing   or   revising   charter
23    applications.
24        (g)  At  the  non-renewal  or  revocation of its charter,
25    each charter school  shall  refund  to  the  local  board  of
26    education all unspent funds.
27        (h)  A  charter  school is authorized to incur temporary,
28    short term debt to pay operating expenses in anticipation  of
29    receipt of funds from the local school board.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
31        (105 ILCS 5/34-8.4)
32        Sec. 34-8.4.  Intervention.  The Chicago Schools Academic
33    Accountability  Council  may  recommend to the Chicago School
HB0452 Enrolled             -151-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    Reform  Board  of  Trustees  that  any   school   placed   on
 2    remediation or probation under Section 34-8.3 or schools that
 3    for  the  3 consecutive school years of 1992-1993, 1993-1994,
 4    and  1994-1995  have  met  the  State  Board  of  Education's
 5    category of "does not meet expectations" be made  subject  to
 6    intervention  under  this Section 34-8.4.  In addition to any
 7    powers created under this Section, the  Trustees  shall  have
 8    all  powers  created  under  Section  34-8.3  with respect to
 9    schools subjected to intervention.
10        Prior  to  subjecting  a  school  to  intervention,   the
11    Trustees  shall conduct a public hearing and make findings of
12    facts concerning the recommendation of  the  Chicago  Schools
13    Academic  Accountability  Council and the factors causing the
14    failure of the school to adequately  perform.   The  Trustees
15    shall  afford  an  opportunity  at the hearing for interested
16    persons to comment  about  the  intervention  recommendation.
17    After the hearing has been held and completion of findings of
18    fact,  the  Trustees  shall  make  a determination whether to
19    subject the school to intervention.
20        If the Trustees determine that a school shall be  subject
21    to  intervention  under  this  Section,  the  Trustees  shall
22    develop an intervention implementation plan and shall cause a
23    performance  evaluation  to  be  made of each employee at the
24    school.   Upon  consideration  of   such   evaluations,   and
25    consistent  with  the  intervention  implementation plan, the
26    Trustees may reassign, layoff, or dismiss  any  employees  at
27    the  attendance  center,  notwithstanding  the  provisions of
28    Sections 24A-5 and 34-85.
29        The chief educational officer shall appoint  a  principal
30    for  the school and shall set the terms and conditions of the
31    principal's contract, which in no case may be longer  than  2
32    years.    The   principal   shall  select  all  teachers  and
33    non-certified personnel for the school as may  be  necessary.
34    Any  provision  of  Section  34-8.1  that conflicts with this
HB0452 Enrolled             -152-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    Section shall not apply to a school subjected to intervention
 2    under this Section.
 3        If pursuant to this Section, the general  superintendent,
 4    with  the  approval  of  the  board,  orders new local school
 5    council elections, the general superintendent shall carry out
 6    the responsibilities of the local school council for a school
 7    subject to intervention until the new  local  school  council
 8    members are elected and trained.
 9        Each  school  year,  5% of the supplemental general State
10    aid Chapter 1  funds  distributed  to  a  school  subject  to
11    intervention   during   that  school  year  under  subsection
12    5(i)(1)(a) of part A of Section 18-8  or  subsection  (H)  of
13    Section  18-8.05  shall  be  used  for  employee  performance
14    incentives.    The Trustees shall prepare a report evaluating
15    the results of any interventions undertaken pursuant to  this
16    Section    and    shall   make   recommendations   concerning
17    implementation  of  special   programs   for   dealing   with
18    underperforming  schools  on  an  ongoing basis.  This report
19    shall be submitted to the State Superintendent  of  Education
20    and Mayor of the City of Chicago by January 1, 1999.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; 89-698, eff. 1-14-97.)
22        (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
23        Sec.  34-18.   Powers  of  the  board.   The  board shall
24    exercise general supervision and jurisdiction over the public
25    education and the public school  system  of  the  city,  and,
26    except  as  otherwise  provided  by  this Article, shall have
27    power:
28             1.  To make suitable provision for the establishment
29        and maintenance throughout the year or for  such  portion
30        thereof  as  it  may  direct,  not less than 9 months, of
31        schools  of  all  grades  and  kinds,  including   normal
32        schools,   high   schools,  night  schools,  schools  for
33        defectives and delinquents, parental and truant  schools,
HB0452 Enrolled             -153-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        schools for the blind, the deaf and the crippled, schools
 2        or   classes   in   manual  training,  constructural  and
 3        vocational teaching, domestic arts and physical  culture,
 4        vocation  and  extension schools and lecture courses, and
 5        all other educational courses and  facilities,  including
 6        establishing,   equipping,   maintaining   and  operating
 7        playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
 8        are conducted in, adjacent  to,  or  connected  with  any
 9        public   school   under   the   general  supervision  and
10        jurisdiction of the board;  provided,  however,  that  in
11        allocating  funds  from year to year for the operation of
12        all attendance centers within  the  district,  the  board
13        shall  ensure that supplemental general State aid Chapter
14        1 funds are allocated  and  applied  in  accordance  with
15        Section 18-8 or 18-8.05. To admit to such schools without
16        charge  foreign exchange students who are participants in
17        an organized exchange student program which is authorized
18        by the board. The board  shall  permit  all  students  to
19        enroll   in  apprenticeship  programs  in  trade  schools
20        operated  by  the  board,  whether  those  programs   are
21        union-sponsored or not.   No  student  shall  be  refused
22        admission   into  or  be  excluded  from  any  course  of
23        instruction offered in the common schools  by  reason  of
24        that  student's  sex.   No  student shall be denied equal
25        access to physical education and interscholastic athletic
26        programs supported from school district funds  or  denied
27        participation   in   comparable  physical  education  and
28        athletic programs solely by reason of the student's  sex.
29        Equal  access  to programs supported from school district
30        funds and comparable programs will be  defined  in  rules
31        promulgated   by   the   State   Board  of  Education  in
32        consultation with the Illinois High  School  Association.
33        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this Article,
34        neither the board  of  education  nor  any  local  school
HB0452 Enrolled             -154-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        council  or  other  school  official shall recommend that
 2        children  with  disabilities  be  placed   into   regular
 3        education   classrooms   unless   those   children   with
 4        disabilities  are provided with supplementary services to
 5        assist  them  so  that  they  benefit  from  the  regular
 6        classroom instruction and are included on  the  teacher's
 7        regular education class register;
 8             2.  To   furnish   lunches  to  pupils,  to  make  a
 9        reasonable charge therefor, and to use school  funds  for
10        the  payment  of such expenses as the board may determine
11        are necessary in conducting the school lunch program;
12             3.  To co-operate with the circuit court;
13             4.  To  make  arrangements  with   the   public   or
14        quasi-public  libraries  and museums for the use of their
15        facilities by teachers and pupils of the public schools;
16             5.  To employ dentists and  prescribe  their  duties
17        for  the  purpose  of treating the pupils in the schools,
18        but accepting  such  treatment  shall  be  optional  with
19        parents or guardians;
20             6.  To   grant   the   use  of  assembly  halls  and
21        classrooms when not otherwise  needed,  including  light,
22        heat, and attendants, for free public lectures, concerts,
23        and  other  educational  and  social  interests,  free of
24        charge,  under  such  provisions  and  control   as   the
25        principal   of   the   affected   attendance  center  may
26        prescribe;
27             7.  To apportion the pupils to the several  schools;
28        provided   that  no  pupil  shall  be  excluded  from  or
29        segregated in any such school on account  of  his  color,
30        race,  sex,  or  nationality.  The  board shall take into
31        consideration  the  prevention  of  segregation  and  the
32        elimination of separation of children in  public  schools
33        because  of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that
34        children may be  committed  to  or  attend  parental  and
HB0452 Enrolled             -155-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        social  adjustment  schools  established  and  maintained
 2        either for boys or girls only.  All records pertaining to
 3        the  creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas
 4        shall be open to the public.  Nothing herein shall  limit
 5        the  board's authority to establish multi-area attendance
 6        centers  or  other   student   assignment   systems   for
 7        desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the
 8        pupils to the several schools.  Furthermore, beginning in
 9        school  year 1994-95, pursuant to a board plan adopted by
10        October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing  on  a
11        phased-in  basis, the opportunity for families within the
12        school district to apply for enrollment of their children
13        in any attendance center within the school district which
14        does not have selective admission  requirements  approved
15        by the board.  The appropriate geographical area in which
16        such open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined
17        by the board of education.  Such children may be admitted
18        to  any such attendance center on a space available basis
19        after  all  children  residing  within  such   attendance
20        center's  area  have been accommodated.  If the number of
21        applicants from outside the attendance  area  exceed  the
22        space  available,  then  successful  applicants  shall be
23        selected by  lottery.   The  board  of  education's  open
24        enrollment  plan  must  include provisions that allow low
25        income students to have access to  transportation  needed
26        to  exercise  school choice.  Open enrollment shall be in
27        compliance with the provisions of the Consent Decree  and
28        Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01;
29             8.  To  approve  programs and policies for providing
30        transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
31        be construed to permit or  empower  the  State  Board  of
32        Education  to  order, mandate, or require busing or other
33        transportation of pupils for  the  purpose  of  achieving
34        racial balance in any school;
HB0452 Enrolled             -156-              LRB9002549THcd
 1             9.  Subject  to  the limitations in this Article, to
 2        establish and approve system-wide  curriculum  objectives
 3        and  standards,  including  graduation  standards,  which
 4        reflect  the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
 5        consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
 6        of this Article courses or proficiency in  American  Sign
 7        Language   shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  courses  or
 8        proficiency  in  a  foreign  language;  and   to   employ
 9        principals  and  teachers,  appointed as provided in this
10        Article, and fix their  compensation.   The  board  shall
11        prepare   such  reports  related  to  minimal  competency
12        testing as  may  be  requested  by  the  State  Board  of
13        Education,  and  in  addition  shall  monitor and approve
14        special education and bilingual  education  programs  and
15        policies  within  the district to assure that appropriate
16        services are provided in accordance with applicable State
17        and federal  laws  to  children  requiring  services  and
18        education in those areas;
19             10.  To  employ  non-teaching  personnel  or utilize
20        volunteer personnel  for:  (i)  non-teaching  duties  not
21        requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
22        including  library  duties;  and  (ii)  supervising study
23        halls,  long  distance  teaching  reception  areas   used
24        incident   to   instructional   programs  transmitted  by
25        electronic media such as  computers,  video,  and  audio,
26        detention  and  discipline  areas,  and  school-sponsored
27        extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
28        volunteer    non-certificated    personnel    or   employ
29        non-certificated personnel to assist in  the  instruction
30        of  pupils  under  the immediate supervision of a teacher
31        holding a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching
32        subject matter or conducting  activities;  provided  that
33        the   teacher   shall   be   continuously  aware  of  the
34        non-certificated persons' activities and shall be able to
HB0452 Enrolled             -157-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        control or modify them. The general superintendent  shall
 2        determine  qualifications  of  such  personnel  and shall
 3        prescribe rules for determining the duties and activities
 4        to be assigned to such personnel;
 5             11.  To provide television studio facilities in  not
 6        to exceed one school building and to provide programs for
 7        educational  purposes,  provided, however, that the board
 8        shall not construct,  acquire,  operate,  or  maintain  a
 9        television  transmitter;  to  grant the use of its studio
10        facilities to a licensed television  station  located  in
11        the  school  district; and to maintain and operate not to
12        exceed one school radio transmitting station and  provide
13        programs for educational purposes;
14             12.  To   offer,   if  deemed  appropriate,  outdoor
15        education courses, including field trips within the State
16        of Illinois,  or  adjacent  states,  and  to  use  school
17        educational  funds  for  the  expense of the said outdoor
18        educational programs, whether within the school  district
19        or not;
20             13.  During  that  period  of  the calendar year not
21        embraced within the regular school term, to  provide  and
22        conduct  courses  in subject matters normally embraced in
23        the program of the schools during the regular school term
24        and  to  give  regular  school  credit  for  satisfactory
25        completion by the student  of  such  courses  as  may  be
26        approved for credit by the State Board of Education;
27             14.  To  insure against any loss or liability of the
28        board, the former  School  Board  Nominating  Commission,
29        Local  School  Councils,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
30        Accountability   Council,   or   the  former  Subdistrict
31        Councils or of any member,  officer,  agent  or  employee
32        thereof,  resulting  from  alleged  violations  of  civil
33        rights  arising  from  incidents  occurring  on  or after
34        September 5, 1967 or from the wrongful or  negligent  act
HB0452 Enrolled             -158-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        or  omission  of any such person whether occurring within
 2        or without the school  premises,  provided  the  officer,
 3        agent  or  employee  was,  at  the  time  of  the alleged
 4        violation of civil rights or wrongful  act  or  omission,
 5        acting  within  the  scope  of  his  employment  or under
 6        direction  of  the  board,  the   former   School   Board
 7        Nominating   Commission,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
 8        Accountability Council, Local  School  Councils,  or  the
 9        former  Subdistrict  Councils;  and  to  provide  for  or
10        participate  in  insurance  plans  for  its  officers and
11        employees,  including  but  not  limited  to   retirement
12        annuities, medical, surgical and hospitalization benefits
13        in  such  types  and  amounts as may be determined by the
14        board; provided, however, that the board  shall  contract
15        for   such  insurance  only  with  an  insurance  company
16        authorized to do business in this State.  Such  insurance
17        may include provision for employees who rely on treatment
18        by  prayer  or  spiritual  means  alone  for  healing, in
19        accordance with the tenets and practice of  a  recognized
20        religious denomination;
21             15.  To  contract  with the corporate authorities of
22        any municipality or the county board of  any  county,  as
23        the case may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic
24        in parking areas of property used for school purposes, in
25        such  manner  as  is  provided  by  Section 11-209 of The
26        Illinois Vehicle Code, approved September  29,  1969,  as
27        amended;
28             16.  To  provide,  on  an equal basis, access to the
29        school campus to the official recruiting  representatives
30        of the armed forces of Illinois and the United States for
31        the purposes of informing students of the educational and
32        career  opportunities  available  in  the military if the
33        board has provided such access to persons or groups whose
34        purpose is  to  acquaint  students  with  educational  or
HB0452 Enrolled             -159-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        occupational  opportunities available to them.  The board
 2        is not required to  give  greater  notice  regarding  the
 3        right  of  access  to  recruiting representatives than is
 4        given to other persons and groups;
 5             17. (a)  To sell  or  market  any  computer  program
 6        developed by an employee of the school district, provided
 7        that  such  employee  developed the computer program as a
 8        direct result of  his  or  her  duties  with  the  school
 9        district   or  through  the  utilization  of  the  school
10        district resources  or  facilities.    The  employee  who
11        developed the computer program shall be entitled to share
12        in the proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer
13        program.   The  distribution of such proceeds between the
14        employee and the school district shall be as agreed  upon
15        by  the  employee  and  the  school district, except that
16        neither the employee nor the school district may  receive
17        more  than  90% of such proceeds.  The negotiation for an
18        employee who is represented by  an  exclusive  bargaining
19        representative   may  be  conducted  by  such  bargaining
20        representative at the employee's request.
21             (b)  For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
22                  (1)  "Computer" means an internally programmed,
23             general   purpose   digital   device   capable    of
24             automatically  accepting  data,  processing data and
25             supplying the results of the operation.
26                  (2)  "Computer program" means a series of coded
27             instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
28             computer, which causes the computer to process  data
29             in order to achieve a certain result.
30                  (3)  "Proceeds"   means  profits  derived  from
31             marketing or sale of a product after  deducting  the
32             expenses of developing and marketing such product;
33             18.  To  delegate  to  the general superintendent of
34        schools,  by  resolution,  the   authority   to   approve
HB0452 Enrolled             -160-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        contracts and expenditures in amounts of $10,000 or less;
 2             19.  Upon  the  written  request  of an employee, to
 3        withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
 4        payments or contributions payable by such employee to any
 5        labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
 6        Labor Relations Act.  Under such arrangement,  an  amount
 7        shall  be withheld from each regular payroll period which
 8        is equal to the pro rata share of the  annual  dues  plus
 9        any  payments  or  contributions,  and  the  board  shall
10        transmit   such   withholdings  to  the  specified  labor
11        organization within 10 working days from the time of  the
12        withholding;
13             19a.  Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of
14        a  municipality with a population of 500,000 or more that
15        a debt is due and owing the municipality by  an  employee
16        of  the  Chicago  School  Reform  Board  of  Trustees, to
17        withhold, from the compensation  of  that  employee,  the
18        amount  of  the  debt  that  is due and owing and pay the
19        amount withheld to the municipality;  provided,  however,
20        that  the  amount  deducted  from  any one salary or wage
21        payment shall not exceed 25% of the  net  amount  of  the
22        payment.   Before  the  Board deducts any amount from any
23        salary or wage of an employee under this  paragraph,  the
24        municipality  shall  certify  that  the employee has been
25        afforded an opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt
26        that is due and owing the municipality.  For purposes  of
27        this  paragraph,  "net  amount"  means  that  part of the
28        salary or wage payment remaining after the  deduction  of
29        any  amounts required by law to be deducted and "debt due
30        and owing" means (i) a specified sum of money owed to the
31        municipality for city services, work, or goods, after the
32        period  granted  for  payment  has  expired,  or  (ii)  a
33        specified sum of money owed to the municipality  pursuant
34        to  a  court  order or order of an administrative hearing
HB0452 Enrolled             -161-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        officer after  the  exhaustion  of,  or  the  failure  to
 2        exhaust, judicial review;
 3             20.  The  board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
 4        number of  certified  school  counselors  to  maintain  a
 5        student/counselor  ratio  of  250  to  1 by July 1, 1990.
 6        Each counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work  time
 7        in  direct  contact  with  students  and shall maintain a
 8        record of such time;
 9             21.  To make available to  students  vocational  and
10        career  counseling  and  to  establish  5  special career
11        counseling days for students and parents.  On these  days
12        representatives  of local businesses and industries shall
13        be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
14        of career opportunities available to them in the  various
15        businesses  and  industries.  Special consideration shall
16        be given to counseling minority  students  as  to  career
17        opportunities  available  to them in various fields.  For
18        the purposes of this paragraph, minority student means  a
19        person who is:
20                  (a)  Black  (a  person having origins in any of
21             the black racial groups in Africa);
22                  (b)  Hispanic   (a   person   of   Spanish   or
23             Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South  or
24             Central   America,   or   the   Caribbean   islands,
25             regardless of race);
26                  (c)  Asian American (a person having origins in
27             any  of  the  original  peoples  of  the  Far  East,
28             Southeast  Asia,  the  Indian  Subcontinent  or  the
29             Pacific Islands); or
30                  (d)  American   Indian  or  Alaskan  Native  (a
31             person having origins in any of the original peoples
32             of North America).
33             Counseling days shall not  be  in  lieu  of  regular
34        school days;
HB0452 Enrolled             -162-              LRB9002549THcd
 1             22.  To  report  to the State Board of Education the
 2        annual student dropout rate and number  of  students  who
 3        graduate from, transfer from or otherwise leave bilingual
 4        programs;
 5             23.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Abused and
 6        Neglected Child Reporting Act or other  applicable  State
 7        or  federal  law, to permit school officials to withhold,
 8        from any person, information on the  whereabouts  of  any
 9        child  removed  from  school  premises when the child has
10        been  taken  into  protective  custody  as  a  victim  of
11        suspected child abuse.   School  officials  shall  direct
12        such  person  to  the  Department  of Children and Family
13        Services, or to  the  local  law  enforcement  agency  if
14        appropriate;
15             24.  To develop a policy, based on the current state
16        of  existing  school facilities, projected enrollment and
17        efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
18        improvement of schools and school  buildings  within  the
19        district,  addressing  in  that  policy both the relative
20        priority for major repairs, renovations and additions  to
21        school  facilities,  and the advisability or necessity of
22        building  new  school  facilities  or  closing   existing
23        schools to meet current or projected demographic patterns
24        within the district;
25             25.  To make available to the students in every high
26        school  attendance center the ability to take all courses
27        necessary to comply with the Board of Higher  Education's
28        college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
29             26.  To   encourage   mid-career  changes  into  the
30        teaching  profession,  whereby  qualified   professionals
31        become   certified   teachers,  by  allowing  credit  for
32        professional   employment   in   related   fields    when
33        determining point of entry on teacher pay scale;
34             27.  To  provide  or  contract out training programs
HB0452 Enrolled             -163-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        for administrative personnel and principals with  revised
 2        or  expanded  duties  pursuant  to  this  Act in order to
 3        assure they have the  knowledge  and  skills  to  perform
 4        their duties;
 5             28.  To establish a fund for the prioritized special
 6        needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
 7        sum  amounts  to  each  attendance  center  in  a  manner
 8        consistent  with  the  provisions  of  part  4 of Section
 9        34-2.3.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed  to
10        require  any additional appropriations of State funds for
11        this purpose;
12             29.  (Blank);
13             30.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act
14        or any other law to the contrary, to contract with  third
15        parties  for  services  otherwise performed by employees,
16        including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
17        employees upon 14 days written  notice  to  the  affected
18        employees.   Those  contracts  may be for a period not to
19        exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis;
20             31.  To  promulgate  rules  establishing  procedures
21        governing the layoff or reduction in force  of  employees
22        and  the  recall  of  such  employees, including, but not
23        limited to, criteria  for  such  layoffs,  reductions  in
24        force  or  recall rights of such employees and the weight
25        to be given to any particular criterion.   Such  criteria
26        shall  take  into  account  factors including, but not be
27        limited to, qualifications,  certifications,  experience,
28        performance ratings or evaluations, and any other factors
29        relating to an employee's job performance; and
30             32.  To  develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
31        hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors.
32        The specifications of the powers herein granted  are  not
33    to  be  construed  as  exclusive  but  the  board  shall also
34    exercise all other powers  that  they  may  be  requisite  or
HB0452 Enrolled             -164-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    proper  for  the  maintenance and the development of a public
 2    school system, not inconsistent with the other provisions  of
 3    this  Article  or  provisions of this Code which apply to all
 4    school districts.
 5        In addition to the powers herein granted  and  authorized
 6    to  be  exercised  by  the board, it shall be the duty of the
 7    board to review or to direct independent reviews  of  special
 8    education  expenditures  and services. The board shall file a
 9    report of such review with the General Assembly on or  before
10    May 1, 1990.
11    (Source:  P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-397, eff. 8-20-95;
12    89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-22, eff. 6-20-97.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.17 new)
14        Sec. 34-18.17.  No pass-no play policy.   Beginning  with
15    the  1998-99  school  year,  the  board  of  education  shall
16    establish,  implement,  and  enforce a uniform and consistent
17    policy under which a student in any of grades  9  through  12
18    who fails to maintain a specified minimum grade point average
19    or  a  specified  minimum  grade  in each course in which the
20    student  is  enrolled  or  both  is  suspended  from  further
21    participation in  any  school-sponsored  or  school-supported
22    athletic or extracurricular activities for a specified period
23    or  until  a specified minimum grade point average or minimum
24    grade or both are  earned  by  the  student.   The  board  of
25    education  shall  adopt  a policy as required by this Section
26    not later than one year after  the  effective  date  of  this
27    amendatory  Act of 1997 and shall concurrently file a copy of
28    that policy with the State Board  of  Education.   After  the
29    policy  has  been  in  effect  for  one  year,  the  board of
30    education shall  file  a  report  with  the  State  Board  of
31    Education  setting forth the number and length of suspensions
32    imposed under the policy during the  period  covered  by  the
33    report.  If  the board of education already has a policy that
HB0452 Enrolled             -165-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    is consistent with the requirements of this Section in effect
 2    on the effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1997,  it
 3    shall  file  a  copy  of  that policy with the State Board of
 4    Education within 90 days after the  effective  date  of  this
 5    amendatory  Act  and  shall  file  the annual report required
 6    under this Section 12 months thereafter.
 7        (105 ILCS 5/34-84) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-84)
 8        Sec. 34-84.  Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers.
 9    Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers shall be made for
10    merit only, and after satisfactory service for a probationary
11    period of 3 years  with  respect  to  probationary  employees
12    employed as full-time teachers in the public school system of
13    the  district before January 1, 1998 and 4 years with respect
14    to probationary employees who are first employed as full-time
15    teachers in the public school system of the  district  on  or
16    after  January  1,  1998  (during  which period the board may
17    dismiss or discharge any such probationary employee upon  the
18    recommendation,  accompanied by the written reasons therefor,
19    of the general superintendent  of  schools)  appointments  of
20    teachers shall become permanent, subject to removal for cause
21    in the manner provided by Section 34-85.
22        As  used  in  this Article, "teachers" means and includes
23    all members of  the  teaching  force  excluding  the  general
24    superintendent and principals.
25        There  shall  be  no  reduction  in teachers because of a
26    decrease  in  student  membership  or  a  change  in  subject
27    requirements within the attendance center organization  after
28    the  20th  day  following  the  first day of the school year,
29    except  that:   (1)  this  provision  shall  not   apply   to
30    desegregation  positions, special education positions, or any
31    other positions funded by State or federal categorical funds,
32    and (2) at attendance centers maintaining  any  of  grades  9
33    through  12,  there  may be a second reduction in teachers on
HB0452 Enrolled             -166-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    the first day of the second semester of  the  regular  school
 2    term  because of a decrease in student membership or a change
 3    in  subject  requirements  within   the   attendance   center
 4    organization.
 5        The school principal shall make the decision in selecting
 6    teachers  to  fill  new  and vacant positions consistent with
 7    Section 34-8.1.
 8    (Source: P.A. 88-338; 88-511; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
 9        Section 5-920.  The Illinois Educational Labor  Relations
10    Act is amended by changing Sections 5 and 13 as follows:
11        (115 ILCS 5/5) (from Ch. 48, par. 1705)
12        Sec.  5.   Illinois  Educational  Labor  Relations Board.
13    (a)  There is hereby created the Illinois  Educational  Labor
14    Relations  Board  consisting of 5 3 members, no more than 3 2
15    of whom may be of the same political party, who are residents
16    of Illinois appointed by the Governor  with  the  advice  and
17    consent  of  the  Senate.  The  Governor shall appoint to the
18    Board only persons who have had  a  minimum  of  5  years  of
19    experience directly related to labor and employment relations
20    in   representing   educational   employers   or  educational
21    employees in collective  bargaining  matters.  One  appointed
22    member  shall  be  designated  at  the  time  of  his  or her
23    appointment to serve  as  chairman.    Of  the  2  additional
24    members  appointed  pursuant  to this amendatory Act of 1997,
25    one shall be designated at the time of his or her appointment
26    to serve a term of 6 years and the other shall be  designated
27    at  the  time  of his or her appointment to serve a term of 4
28    years, with each to serve  until  his  or  her  successor  is
29    appointed  and  qualified.  In the event the Senate is not in
30    session at the time the 2 additional  members  are  appointed
31    pursuant  to  this amendatory Act of 1997, the Governor shall
32    make those appointments as temporary appointments  until  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -167-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    next meeting of the Senate when he shall appoint, by and with
 2    the advice and consent of the Senate, 2 persons to fill those
 3    memberships  for their unexpired terms.  Initial appointments
 4    shall be made within 30 days of the effective  date  of  this
 5    Act.   At  the  organizational meeting of the original Board,
 6    the members shall determine by lot one member to serve for  a
 7    term  of  6 years, one member to serve for a term of 4 years,
 8    and one member to serve for a term of 2 years, with  each  to
 9    serve until his or her successor is appointed and qualified.
10        (b)  Each  subsequent  member  shall be appointed in like
11    manner for a term of 6 years and until his or  her  successor
12    is  appointed  and  qualified.  Each  member  of the Board is
13    eligible for reappointment.  Vacancies shall be filled in the
14    same manner as original appointments for the balance  of  the
15    unexpired term.
16        (c)  The  chairman  shall be paid $50,000 per year, or an
17    amount set by the Compensation  Review  Board,  whichever  is
18    greater.   Other  members  of  the  Board  shall each be paid
19    $45,000 per year, or an amount set by the Compensation Review
20    Board, whichever is  greater.   They  shall  be  entitled  to
21    reimbursement  for  necessary  traveling  and  other official
22    expenditures necessitated by their official duties.
23        (d)  Three Two members of the Board constitute  a  quorum
24    and a vacancy on the board does not impair the right of the 2
25    remaining members to exercise all of the powers of the Board.
26        (e)  Any  member  of  the  Board  may  be  removed by the
27    Governor, upon notice, for neglect of duty or malfeasance  in
28    office, but for no other cause.
29        (f)  The   Board  may  appoint  or  employ  an  executive
30    director,  attorneys,  hearing  officers,  and   such   other
31    employees  as  it  deems  necessary to perform its functions.
32    The Board shall prescribe the duties  and  qualifications  of
33    such   persons   appointed   and,   subject   to  the  annual
34    appropriation,  fix  their  compensation  and   provide   for
HB0452 Enrolled             -168-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    reimbursement  of  actual  and necessary expenses incurred in
 2    the performance of their duties.
 3        (g)  The Board may promulgate rules and regulations which
 4    allow  parties  in  proceedings  before  the  Board   to   be
 5    represented  by  counsel or any other person knowledgeable in
 6    the matters under consideration.
 7        (h)  To accomplish the objectives and to  carry  out  the
 8    duties  prescribed  by  this  Act,  the  Board  may  subpoena
 9    witnesses,  subpoena the production of books, papers, records
10    and documents which may be needed as evidence on  any  matter
11    under inquiry and may administer oaths and affirmations.
12        In  cases of neglect or refusal to obey a subpoena issued
13    to any person, the circuit court in the county in  which  the
14    investigation  or  the  public  hearing is taking place, upon
15    application by the Board, may issue an order  requiring  such
16    person  to  appear before the Board or any member or agent of
17    the Board to produce evidence or give testimony. A failure to
18    obey such order may be punished by  the  court  as  in  civil
19    contempt.
20        Any  subpoena,  notice  of  hearing,  or other process or
21    notice of the Board issued under the provisions of  this  Act
22    may  be served personally, by registered mail or by leaving a
23    copy at the principal office of the respondent required to be
24    served. A return, made and verified by the individual  making
25    such service and setting forth the manner of such service, is
26    proof of service. A post office receipt, when registered mail
27    is  used,  is  proof  of service. All process of any court to
28    which application may be made under the  provisions  of  this
29    Act may be served in the county where the persons required to
30    be served reside or may be found.
31        (i)  The Board shall adopt, promulgate, amend, or rescind
32    rules  and  regulations  in  accordance  with  "The  Illinois
33    Administrative  Procedure  Act", as now or hereafter amended,
34    as it deems necessary and feasible to carry out this Act.
HB0452 Enrolled             -169-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        (j)  The Board at the end  of  every  State  fiscal  year
 2    shall  make  a  report  in  writing  to  the Governor and the
 3    General Assembly, stating in detail the work it has  done  in
 4    hearing and deciding cases and otherwise.
 5    (Source: P.A. 85-1393.)
 6        (115 ILCS 5/13) (from Ch. 48, par. 1713)
 7        Sec. 13.  Strikes.
 8        (a)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
 9    in  this  Act or other law, educational employees employed in
10    school districts organized under Article  34  of  the  School
11    Code  shall  not engage in a strike at any time during the 18
12    month period that commences on the  effective  date  of  this
13    amendatory  Act of 1995.  An educational employee employed in
14    a school district organized under Article 34  of  the  School
15    Code  who  participates  in  a  strike  in  violation of this
16    Section  is  subject  to  discipline  by  the  employer.   In
17    addition, no educational employer organized under Article  34
18    of  the  School  Code  may  pay  or  cause  to  be paid to an
19    educational  employee  who  participates  in  a   strike   in
20    violation  of this subsection any wages or other compensation
21    for  any  period  during  which   an   educational   employee
22    participates  in the strike, except for wages or compensation
23    earned before participation in the strike.    Notwithstanding
24    the  existence  of  any  other provision in this Act or other
25    law, during the 18-month period that strikes  are  prohibited
26    under  this  subsection  nothing  in this subsection shall be
27    construed to require an educational employer to submit  to  a
28    binding dispute resolution process.
29        (b)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
30    in  this  Act  or  any other law, educational employees other
31    than those employed in  a  school  district  organized  under
32    Article  34  of  the School Code and, after the expiration of
33    the 18 month period that commences on the effective  date  of
HB0452 Enrolled             -170-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    this  amendatory  Act  of  1995,  educational  employees in a
 2    school district organized under Article 34 of the School Code
 3    shall not engage in  a  strike  except  under  the  following
 4    conditions:
 5             (1)   they   are   represented   by   an   exclusive
 6        bargaining representative;
 7             (2)   mediation has been used without success;
 8             (3)   at least 10 5 days have elapsed after a notice
 9        of  intent  to  strike  has  been  given by the exclusive
10        bargaining representative to  the  educational  employer,
11        the  regional superintendent and the Illinois Educational
12        Labor Relations Board;
13             (4)   the collective  bargaining  agreement  between
14        the  educational  employer  and educational employees, if
15        any, has expired; and
16             (5)   the  employer  and  the  exclusive  bargaining
17        representative have not mutually submitted the unresolved
18        issues to arbitration.
19        If, however, in the opinion of an employer the strike  is
20    or  has  become  a  clear and present danger to the health or
21    safety of the  public,  the  employer  may  initiate  in  the
22    circuit  court  of  the county in which such danger exists an
23    action for relief which may include, but is not  limited  to,
24    injunction.   The court may grant appropriate relief upon the
25    finding that such clear and present danger exists.  An unfair
26    practice or other evidence of lack  of  clean  hands  by  the
27    educational  employer is a defense to such action.  Except as
28    provided for in this paragraph, the jurisdiction of the court
29    under this Section is limited by the Labor Dispute Act.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
31                             ARTICLE 10
32        Section  10-5.  The  Cigarette  Tax  Act  is  amended  by
HB0452 Enrolled             -171-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    changing Section 2 as follows:
 2        (35 ILCS 130/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 453.2)
 3        Sec. 2.  (a) A tax is imposed upon any person engaged  in
 4    business  as  a  retailer  of cigarettes in this State at the
 5    rate of 5 1/2 mills per cigarette sold, or otherwise disposed
 6    of in the course of such business in this State. In  addition
 7    to  any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon
 8    any person engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes in
 9    this State at a rate  of  1/2  mill  per  cigarette  sold  or
10    otherwise  disposed of in the course of such business in this
11    State on and after January 1, 1947, and shall  be  paid  into
12    the Metropolitan Fair and Exposition Authority Reconstruction
13    Fund. On and after December 1, 1985, in addition to any other
14    tax  imposed  by  this  Act, a tax is imposed upon any person
15    engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes in this State
16    at a rate of 4 mills per cigarette sold or otherwise disposed
17    of in the course of such  business  in  this  State.  Of  the
18    additional  tax  imposed  by  this  amendatory  Act  of 1985,
19    $9,000,000 of  the  moneys  received  by  the  Department  of
20    Revenue  pursuant  to  this Act shall be paid each month into
21    the Common School Fund. On and after the  effective  date  of
22    this  amendatory  Act  of  1989, in addition to any other tax
23    imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon any person engaged
24    in business as a retailer of cigarettes  at  the  rate  of  5
25    mills  per  cigarette  sold  or  otherwise disposed of in the
26    course of such business in  this  State.  On  and  after  the
27    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1993, in addition to
28    any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon any
29    person engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes at the
30    rate of 7 mills per cigarette sold or otherwise  disposed  of
31    in  the  course  of such business in this State. On and after
32    December 15, 1997, in addition to any other  tax  imposed  by
33    this  Act,  a  tax  is  imposed  upon  any  person engaged in
HB0452 Enrolled             -172-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    business as a retailer of cigarettes at the rate of  7  mills
 2    per  cigarette sold or otherwise disposed of in the course of
 3    such business of this State. All of the  moneys  received  by
 4    the  Department  of  Revenue  pursuant  to  this  Act and the
 5    Cigarette Use Tax Act from the additional  taxes  imposed  by
 6    this  amendatory  Act  of 1997, shall be paid each month into
 7    the Common School Fund. The payment of such  taxes  shall  be
 8    evidenced  by  a  stamp  affixed  to each original package of
 9    cigarettes,  or  an  authorized  substitute  for  such  stamp
10    imprinted  on  each  original  package  of  such   cigarettes
11    underneath  the  sealed  transparent  outside wrapper of such
12    original package, as hereinafter  provided.    However,  such
13    taxes  are  not imposed upon any activity in such business in
14    interstate commerce or  otherwise,  which  activity  may  not
15    under  the  Constitution and statutes of the United States be
16    made the subject of taxation by this State.
17        Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of
18    1993, all of the moneys received by the Department of Revenue
19    pursuant to this Act and the Cigarette  Use  Tax  Act,  other
20    than  the  moneys that are dedicated to the Metropolitan Fair
21    and Exposition Authority Reconstruction Fund and  the  Common
22    School  Fund,  shall  be  distributed  each month as follows:
23    first, there shall be paid into the General Revenue  Fund  an
24    amount  which,  when added to the amount paid into the Common
25    School Fund for that month, equals  $33,300,000  $25,000,000;
26    then,  from  the moneys remaining, if any amounts required to
27    be paid into the General  Revenue  Fund  in  previous  months
28    remain  unpaid,  those amounts shall be paid into the General
29    Revenue Fund; then, from the moneys remaining, if any amounts
30    required to be paid into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund  in
31    previous  months  remain  unpaid, those amounts shall be paid
32    into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund; then, from the  moneys
33    remaining,  $9,545,000  shall be paid into the Long-Term Care
34    Provider Fund (except that not more than  $105,000,000  shall
HB0452 Enrolled             -173-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    be paid into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund in State fiscal
 2    year  1994  from  moneys  received pursuant to this Act); and
 3    finally the remaining moneys, if any, shall be paid into  the
 4    Hospital   Provider  Fund.  To  the  extent  that  more  than
 5    $25,000,000 has been paid into the General Revenue  Fund  and
 6    Common  School  Fund per month for the period of July 1, 1993
 7    through the effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1994
 8    from  combined  receipts  of  the  Cigarette  Tax Act and the
 9    Cigarette  Use  Tax  Act,  notwithstanding  the  distribution
10    provided in this Section, the Department of Revenue is hereby
11    directed to adjust the distribution provided in this  Section
12    to  increase  the next monthly payments to the Long Term Care
13    Provider Fund by the amount paid to the General Revenue  Fund
14    and Common School Fund in excess of $25,000,000 per month and
15    to  decrease the next monthly payments to the General Revenue
16    Fund and Common School Fund by that same excess amount.
17        When any tax imposed herein terminates or has terminated,
18    distributors who have bought stamps while  such  tax  was  in
19    effect  and who therefore paid such tax, but who can show, to
20    the Department's satisfaction, that they sold the  cigarettes
21    to  which  they  affixed  such  stamps  after  such  tax  had
22    terminated and did not recover the tax or its equivalent from
23    purchasers, shall be allowed by the Department to take credit
24    for  such absorbed tax against subsequent tax stamp purchases
25    from the Department by such distributor.
26        The impact of the tax levied by this Act is imposed  upon
27    the  retailer  and  shall  be prepaid or pre-collected by the
28    distributor for the purpose of convenience and facility only,
29    and the amount of the tax shall be added to the price of  the
30    cigarettes  sold  by  such distributor. Collection of the tax
31    shall be evidenced by a  stamp  or  stamps  affixed  to  each
32    original package of cigarettes, as hereinafter provided.
33        Each  distributor shall collect the tax from the retailer
34    at or before the time of the sale, shall affix the stamps  as
HB0452 Enrolled             -174-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    hereinafter  required, and shall remit the tax collected from
 2    retailers to the Department,  as  hereinafter  provided.  Any
 3    distributor  who  fails  to  properly collect and pay the tax
 4    imposed by  this  Act  shall  be  liable  for  the  tax.  Any
 5    distributor  having  cigarettes  to  which  stamps  have been
 6    affixed in his possession for sale on the effective  date  of
 7    this  amendatory Act of 1989 shall not be required to pay the
 8    additional tax imposed by this amendatory Act of 1989 on such
 9    stamped cigarettes.  Any  distributor  having  cigarettes  to
10    which  stamps  have been affixed in his or her possession for
11    sale at 12:01 a.m. on the effective date of  this  amendatory
12    Act of 1993, is required to pay the additional tax imposed by
13    this amendatory Act of 1993 on such stamped cigarettes.  This
14    payment,  less the discount provided in subsection (b), shall
15    be due  when  the  distributor  first  makes  a  purchase  of
16    cigarette  tax  stamps  after  the  effective  date  of  this
17    amendatory  Act of 1993, or on the first due date of a return
18    under this Act after the effective date  of  this  amendatory
19    Act  of 1993, whichever occurs first.  Any distributor having
20    cigarettes  to  which  stamps  have  been  affixed   in   his
21    possession  for  sale  on  December  15,  1997  shall  not be
22    required to pay the additional tax imposed by this amendatory
23    Act of 1997 on such stamped cigarettes.
24        The amount of the Cigarette Tax imposed by this Act shall
25    be separately stated, apart from the price of the  goods,  by
26    both distributors and retailers, in all advertisements, bills
27    and sales invoices.
28        (b)  The  distributor  shall  be  required to collect the
29    taxes provided under paragraph (a) hereof, and, to cover  the
30    costs  of such collection, shall be allowed a discount during
31    any year commencing July 1st and ending  the  following  June
32    30th  in  accordance  with  the schedule set out hereinbelow,
33    which discount shall be allowed at the time  of  purchase  of
34    the  stamps  when purchase is required by this Act, or at the
HB0452 Enrolled             -175-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    time when the tax is remitted to the Department  without  the
 2    purchase  of  stamps  from the Department when that method of
 3    paying the tax is required or authorized by this Act.   Prior
 4    to December 1, 1985, a discount equal to 1 2/3% of the amount
 5    of  the  tax  up  to  and  including  the first $700,000 paid
 6    hereunder by such distributor to the  Department  during  any
 7    such  year;  1  1/3%  of the next $700,000 of tax or any part
 8    thereof, paid hereunder by such distributor to the Department
 9    during any such year; 1% of the next $700,000 of tax, or  any
10    part  thereof,  paid  hereunder  by  such  distributor to the
11    Department during any such year, and 2/3 of 1% of the  amount
12    of  any  additional tax paid hereunder by such distributor to
13    the Department during any such year shall apply. On and after
14    December 1, 1985, a discount equal to 1.75% of the amount  of
15    the  tax payable under this Act up to and including the first
16    $3,000,000  paid  hereunder  by  such  distributor   to   the
17    Department during any such year and 1.5% of the amount of any
18    additional  tax  paid  hereunder  by  such distributor to the
19    Department during any such year shall apply.
20        Two or more distributors  that  use  a  common  means  of
21    affixing  revenue  tax stamps or that are owned or controlled
22    by  the  same  interests  shall  be  treated  as   a   single
23    distributor for the purpose of computing the discount.
24        (c)  The  taxes  herein  imposed  are  in addition to all
25    other occupation or privilege taxes imposed by the  State  of
26    Illinois,  or by any political subdivision thereof, or by any
27    municipal corporation.
28    (Source: P.A. 88-88; 88-535.)
29        Section 10-10.  The Cigarette Use Tax Act is  amended  by
30    changing Section 2 as follows:
31        (35 ILCS 135/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 453.32)
32        Sec.  2.   A  tax  is imposed upon the privilege of using
HB0452 Enrolled             -176-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    cigarettes in  this  State,  at  the  rate  of  6  mills  per
 2    cigarette so used. On and after December 1, 1985, in addition
 3    to  any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon
 4    the privilege of using cigarettes in this State at a rate  of
 5    4  mills  per  cigarette  so used. On and after the effective
 6    date of this amendatory Act of 1989, in addition to any other
 7    tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon the  privilege
 8    of  using cigarettes in this State at the rate of 5 mills per
 9    cigarette so used.  On and after the effective date  of  this
10    amendatory  Act of 1993, in addition to any other tax imposed
11    by this Act, a tax is imposed upon  the  privilege  of  using
12    cigarettes  in  this State at a rate of 7 mills per cigarette
13    so used.  On and after December 15, 1997, in addition to  any
14    other  tax  imposed  by  this  Act, a tax is imposed upon the
15    privilege of using cigarettes in this State at a  rate  of  7
16    mills  per cigarette so used.  The taxes herein imposed shall
17    be in addition to all other  occupation  or  privilege  taxes
18    imposed  by  the  State  of  Illinois  or  by  any  political
19    subdivision thereof or by any municipal corporation.
20        When any tax imposed herein terminates or has terminated,
21    distributors  who  have  bought  stamps while such tax was in
22    effect and who therefore paid such tax, but who can show,  to
23    the  Department's satisfaction, that they sold the cigarettes
24    to  which  they  affixed  such  stamps  after  such  tax  had
25    terminated and did not recover the tax or its equivalent from
26    purchasers, shall be allowed by the Department to take credit
27    for such absorbed tax against subsequent tax stamp  purchases
28    from the Department by such distributors.
29        When the word "tax" is used in this Act, it shall include
30    any  tax  or  tax rate imposed by this Act and shall mean the
31    singular of "tax" or the plural "taxes" as  the  context  may
32    require.
33        Any  distributor  having  cigarettes to which stamps have
34    been affixed in his possession for sale on the effective date
HB0452 Enrolled             -177-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    of this amendatory Act of 1989 shall not be required  to  pay
 2    the  additional tax imposed by this amendatory Act of 1989 on
 3    such stamped cigarettes. Any distributor having cigarettes to
 4    which stamps have been affixed in his or her  possession  for
 5    sale  at  12:01 a.m. on the effective date of this amendatory
 6    Act of 1993, is required to pay the additional tax imposed by
 7    this amendatory Act of 1993 on such stamped cigarettes.  This
 8    payment shall be due  when  the  distributor  first  makes  a
 9    purchase  of cigarette tax stamps after the effective date of
10    this amendatory Act of 1993, or on the first due  date  of  a
11    return  under  this  Act  after  the  effective  date of this
12    amendatory Act of  1993,  whichever  occurs  first.   Once  a
13    distributor  tenders  payment  of  the  additional tax to the
14    Department, the distributor  may  purchase  stamps  from  the
15    Department.    Any  distributor  having  cigarettes  to which
16    stamps have been  affixed  in  his  possession  for  sale  on
17    December 15, 1997 shall not be required to pay the additional
18    tax  imposed  by  this amendatory Act of 1997 on such stamped
19    cigarettes.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-88.)
21        Section 10-15.  The Telecommunications Excise Tax Act  is
22    amended by changing Sections 3, 4, and 6 as follows:
23        (35 ILCS 630/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2003)
24        Sec.  3.   Until December 31, 1997, a tax is imposed upon
25    the act or privilege of originating or  receiving  intrastate
26    telecommunications  by  a person in this State at the rate of
27    5% of the gross charge for such telecommunications  purchased
28    at  retail from a retailer by such person.  Beginning January
29    1, 1998, a tax is  imposed  upon  the  act  or  privilege  of
30    originating   in  this  State  or  receiving  in  this  State
31    intrastate telecommunications by a person in  this  State  at
32    the   rate   of   7%   of   the   gross   charge   for   such
HB0452 Enrolled             -178-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    telecommunications  purchased  at  retail  from a retailer by
 2    such person.  However, such tax is not imposed on the act  or
 3    privilege  to the extent such act or privilege may not, under
 4    the Constitution and statutes of the United States,  be  made
 5    the subject of taxation by the State.
 6    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
 7        (35 ILCS 630/4) (from Ch. 120, par. 2004)
 8        Sec.  4.   Until December 31, 1997, a tax is imposed upon
 9    the  act  or  privilege  of  originating  in  this  State  or
10    receiving in this State interstate  telecommunications  by  a
11    person  in  this  State at the rate of 5% of the gross charge
12    for  such  telecommunications  purchased  at  retail  from  a
13    retailer by such person.  Beginning January 1, 1998, a tax is
14    imposed upon the act or  privilege  of  originating  in  this
15    State    or    receiving    in    this    State    interstate
16    telecommunications  by  a person in this State at the rate of
17    7% of the gross charge for such telecommunications  purchased
18    at  retail from a retailer by such person.  To prevent actual
19    multi-state taxation of the act or privilege that is  subject
20    to  taxation  under  this paragraph, any taxpayer, upon proof
21    that that taxpayer has paid a tax in another  state  on  such
22    event,  shall  be allowed a credit against the tax imposed in
23    this Section 4 to the  extent  of  the  amount  of  such  tax
24    properly due and paid in such other state.  However, such tax
25    is not imposed on the act or privilege to the extent such act
26    or  privilege may not, under the Constitution and statutes of
27    the United States, be made the subject  of  taxation  by  the
28    State.
29    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
30        (35 ILCS 630/6) (from Ch. 120, par. 2006)
31        Sec.  6.  Except as provided hereinafter in this Section,
32    on or before  the  15th  day  of  each  month  each  retailer
HB0452 Enrolled             -179-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    maintaining  a  place  of business in this State shall make a
 2    return to the Department for the  preceding  calendar  month,
 3    stating:
 4             1.  His name;
 5             2.  The  address of his principal place of business,
 6        and the address of the principal place  of  business  (if
 7        that is a different address) from which he engages in the
 8        business of transmitting telecommunications;
 9             3.  Total  amount  of  gross  charges  billed by him
10        during  the  preceding  calendar  month   for   providing
11        telecommunications during such calendar month;
12             4.  Total   amount   received   by  him  during  the
13        preceding calendar month on credit extended;
14             5.  Deductions allowed by law;
15             6.  Gross charges which were billed  by  him  during
16        the  preceding calendar month and upon the basis of which
17        the tax is imposed;
18             7.  Amount of tax (computed upon Item 6);
19             8.  Such  other  reasonable   information   as   the
20        Department may require.
21        Any taxpayer required to make payments under this Section
22    may  make  the  payments  by  electronic funds transfer.  The
23    Department  shall  adopt  rules  necessary  to  effectuate  a
24    program of electronic funds transfer.
25        If the retailer's average monthly tax billings due to the
26    Department do not exceed $100, the Department  may  authorize
27    his  returns  to be filed on a quarter annual basis, with the
28    return for January, February and March of a given year  being
29    due  by April 15 of such year; with the return for April, May
30    and June of a given year being due by July 15 of  such  year;
31    with  the  return  for  July, August and September of a given
32    year being due by October 15  of  such  year;  and  with  the
33    return  of  October,  November  and  December of a given year
34    being due by January 15 of the following year.
HB0452 Enrolled             -180-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Article
 2    containing the time within which  a  retailer  may  file  his
 3    return, in the case of any retailer who ceases to engage in a
 4    kind  of  business  which  makes  him  responsible for filing
 5    returns under this Article, such retailer shall file a  final
 6    return  under  this Article with the Department not more than
 7    one month after discontinuing such business.
 8        In making such return, the retailer shall  determine  the
 9    value  of  any consideration other than money received by him
10    and  he  shall  include  such  value  in  his  return.   Such
11    determination shall be subject to review and revision by  the
12    Department   in  the  manner  hereinafter  provided  for  the
13    correction of returns.
14        Each retailer whose  average  monthly  liability  to  the
15    Department  under this Article was $10,000 or more during the
16    preceding calendar  year,  excluding  the  month  of  highest
17    liability  and the month of lowest liability in such calendar
18    year, and who is not operated by a unit of local  government,
19    shall  make estimated payments to the Department on or before
20    the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the  month  during  which
21    tax  collection liability to the Department is incurred in an
22    amount not less  than  the  lower  of  either  22.5%  of  the
23    retailer's actual tax collections for the month or 25% of the
24    retailer's actual tax collections for the same calendar month
25    of  the  preceding  year.  The amount of such quarter monthly
26    payments shall be credited against the final liability of the
27    retailer's return for that month.   Any  outstanding  credit,
28    approved  by  the  Department,  arising  from  the retailer's
29    overpayment of its final  liability  for  any  month  may  be
30    applied  to  reduce  the  amount  of  any  subsequent quarter
31    monthly payment or credited against the  final  liability  of
32    the  retailer's  return  for  any  subsequent  month.  If any
33    quarter monthly payment is not paid at the  time  or  in  the
34    amount required by this Section, the retailer shall be liable
HB0452 Enrolled             -181-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    for  penalty  and  interest  on  the  difference  between the
 2    minimum amount due as  a  payment  and  the  amount  of  such
 3    payment  actually  and  timely  paid,  except  insofar as the
 4    retailer has previously made payments for that month  to  the
 5    Department in excess of the minimum payments previously due.
 6        If  the  Director finds that the information required for
 7    the  making  of  an  accurate  return  cannot  reasonably  be
 8    compiled by a retailer within 15 days after the close of  the
 9    calendar month for which a return is to be made, he may grant
10    an  extension  of  time  for  the filing of such return for a
11    period of not to exceed 31 calendar days.   The  granting  of
12    such  an extension may be conditioned upon the deposit by the
13    retailer with the  Department  of  an  amount  of  money  not
14    exceeding the amount estimated by the Director to be due with
15    the  return  so  extended.   All such deposits, including any
16    heretofore  made  with  the  Department,  shall  be  credited
17    against the retailer's liabilities under  this  Article.   If
18    any  such deposit exceeds the retailer's present and probable
19    future liabilities under this Article, the  Department  shall
20    issue  to  the  retailer  a  credit  memorandum, which may be
21    assigned by the retailer to a  similar  retailer  under  this
22    Article,  in accordance with reasonable rules and regulations
23    to be prescribed by the Department.
24        The retailer making the return herein provided for shall,
25    at the time of making such return, pay to the Department  the
26    amount of tax herein imposed. On and after the effective date
27    of this Article of 1985, $1,000,000 of the moneys received by
28    the  Department  of Revenue pursuant to this Article shall be
29    paid each month into the Common School Fund and the remainder
30    into the General Revenue Fund. On and after February 1, 1998,
31    however, of the moneys received by the Department of  Revenue
32    pursuant  to  the additional taxes imposed by this amendatory
33    Act of 1997 one-half  shall  be  deposited  into  the  School
34    Infrastructure  Fund and one-half shall be deposited into the
HB0452 Enrolled             -182-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    Common School Fund.
 2    (Source: P.A. 90-16, eff. 6-16-97.)
 3        Section 10-20.  The Uniform Penalty and Interest  Act  is
 4    amended by changing Section 3-3 as follows:
 5        (35 ILCS 735/3-3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-3)
 6        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-491)
 7        Sec. 3-3.  Penalty for failure to file or pay.
 8        (a)  This  subsection (a) is applicable before January 1,
 9    1996.  A penalty of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on
10    a return shall be imposed for failure to file the tax  return
11    on  or  before  the due date prescribed for filing determined
12    with regard for any extension of time for filing (penalty for
13    late filing or nonfiling).  If any  unprocessable  return  is
14    corrected  and  filed  within  21  days  after  notice by the
15    Department, the late filing or nonfiling  penalty  shall  not
16    apply.   If a penalty for late filing or nonfiling is imposed
17    in addition to a penalty for late payment, the total  penalty
18    due  shall  be  the  sum  of  the late filing penalty and the
19    applicable late payment penalty. Beginning on  the  effective
20    date  of this amendatory Act of 1995, in the case of any type
21    of tax return required  to  be  filed  more  frequently  than
22    annually,  when  the  failure  to  file  the tax return on or
23    before  the  date  prescribed  for  filing   (including   any
24    extensions) is shown to be nonfraudulent and has not occurred
25    in  the  2 years immediately preceding the failure to file on
26    the prescribed due  date,  the  penalty  imposed  by  section
27    3-3(a) shall be abated.
28        (a-5)  This  subsection  (a-5) is applicable on and after
29    January 1, 1996. A penalty equal to 2% of the tax required to
30    be shown due on a return, up to a  maximum  amount  of  $250,
31    determined without regard to any part of the tax that is paid
32    on  time  or by any credit that was properly allowable on the
HB0452 Enrolled             -183-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    date the return was required to be filed,  shall  be  imposed
 2    for  failure to file the tax return on or before the due date
 3    prescribed  for  filing  determined  with  regard   for   any
 4    extension  of  time for filing. However, if any return is not
 5    filed within 30 days after notice of nonfiling mailed by  the
 6    Department   to  the  last  known  address  of  the  taxpayer
 7    contained in Department records, an additional penalty amount
 8    shall be imposed equal to the greater of $250 or  2%  of  the
 9    tax  shown  on  the  return.  However, the additional penalty
10    amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without regard
11    to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any  credit
12    that  was  properly  allowable  on  the  date  the return was
13    required to be filed (penalty for late filing or  nonfiling).
14    If  any unprocessable return is corrected and filed within 30
15    days after notice by  the  Department,  the  late  filing  or
16    nonfiling  penalty  shall  not  apply.  If a penalty for late
17    filing or nonfiling is imposed in addition to a  penalty  for
18    late  payment,  the total penalty due shall be the sum of the
19    late filing penalty and the applicable late payment  penalty.
20    In  the  case  of any type of tax return required to be filed
21    more frequently than annually, when the failure to  file  the
22    tax  return  on  or  before  the  date  prescribed for filing
23    (including any extensions) is shown to be  nonfraudulent  and
24    has  not  occurred  in  the 2 years immediately preceding the
25    failure to file on  the  prescribed  due  date,  the  penalty
26    imposed by section 3-3(a) shall be abated.
27        (b)  This  subsection  is  applicable  before  January 1,
28    1998. A penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or  the
29    tax  required  to be shown due on the return shall be imposed
30    for failure to pay:
31             (1)  the tax shown due on the return  on  or  before
32        the  due  date  prescribed  for  payment  of that tax, an
33        amount of underpayment of estimated  tax,  or  an  amount
34        that  is  reported  in  an  amended  return other than an
HB0452 Enrolled             -184-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
 2        of Section 506 of the Illinois Income  Tax  Act  (penalty
 3        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
 4             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
 5        due  on a return and which is not shown (penalty for late
 6        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
 7        days after a  notice  of  arithmetic  error,  notice  and
 8        demand,   or   a   final  assessment  is  issued  by  the
 9        Department. In the case of  a  final  assessment  arising
10        following  a protest and hearing, the 30-day period shall
11        not begin until all proceedings in court  for  review  of
12        the  final  assessment  have terminated or the period for
13        obtaining a review has expired without proceedings for  a
14        review  having  been instituted.  In the case of a notice
15        of tax liability that becomes a final assessment  without
16        a  protest  and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided in this
17        paragraph (2) shall be imposed at the expiration  of  the
18        period provided for the filing of a protest.
19        (b-5)  This subsection is applicable on and after January
20    1,  1998.  A penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or
21    the tax required to be shown  due  on  the  return  shall  be
22    imposed for failure to pay:
23             (1)  the  tax  shown  due on the return on or before
24        the due date prescribed  for  payment  of  that  tax,  an
25        amount  of  underpayment  of  estimated tax, or an amount
26        that is reported in  an  amended  return  other  than  an
27        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
28        of  Section  506  of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty
29        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
30             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
31        due on a return and which is not shown (penalty for  late
32        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
33        days  after  a  notice  of  arithmetic  error, notice and
34        demand,  or  a  final  assessment  is   issued   by   the
HB0452 Enrolled             -185-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Department.  In  the  case  of a final assessment arising
 2        following a protest and hearing, the 30-day period  shall
 3        not  begin  until  all proceedings in court for review of
 4        the final assessment have terminated or  the  period  for
 5        obtaining  a review has expired without proceedings for a
 6        review having been instituted.  In the case of  a  notice
 7        of  tax liability that becomes a final assessment without
 8        a protest and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided  in  this
 9        paragraph  (2)  shall be imposed at the expiration of the
10        period provided for the filing of a protest.
11        (c)  For purposes of  the  late  payment  penalties,  the
12    basis of the penalty shall be the tax shown or required to be
13    shown  on  a  return, whichever is applicable, reduced by any
14    part of the tax which is paid on time and by any credit which
15    was properly allowable on the date the return was required to
16    be filed.
17        (d)  A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be
18    shown even if that amount is less than the tax shown  on  the
19    return.
20        (e)  If both a subsection (b)(1) penalty and a subsection
21    (b)(2)  penalty  are  assessed  against  the same return, the
22    subsection (b)(2) penalty shall be assessed against only  the
23    additional tax found to be due.
24        (f)  If  the  taxpayer has failed to file the return, the
25    Department shall determine the correct tax according  to  its
26    best  judgment  and  information, which amount shall be prima
27    facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
28        (g)  The time within which to file a  return  or  pay  an
29    amount  of  tax  due without imposition of a penalty does not
30    extend the time within which to file a protest to a notice of
31    tax liability or a notice of deficiency.
32    (Source: P.A. 88-480;  89-379,  eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff.
33    1-1-96.)
34        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-491)
HB0452 Enrolled             -186-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Sec. 3-3.  Penalty for failure to file or pay.
 2        (a)  This  subsection (a) is applicable before January 1,
 3    1996.  A penalty of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on
 4    a return shall be imposed for failure to file the tax  return
 5    on  or  before  the due date prescribed for filing determined
 6    with regard for any extension of time for filing (penalty for
 7    late filing or nonfiling).  If any  unprocessable  return  is
 8    corrected  and  filed  within  21  days  after  notice by the
 9    Department, the late filing or nonfiling  penalty  shall  not
10    apply.   If a penalty for late filing or nonfiling is imposed
11    in addition to a penalty for late payment, the total  penalty
12    due  shall  be  the  sum  of  the late filing penalty and the
13    applicable late payment penalty. Beginning on  the  effective
14    date  of this amendatory Act of 1995, in the case of any type
15    of tax return required  to  be  filed  more  frequently  than
16    annually,  when  the  failure  to  file  the tax return on or
17    before  the  date  prescribed  for  filing   (including   any
18    extensions) is shown to be nonfraudulent and has not occurred
19    in  the  2 years immediately preceding the failure to file on
20    the prescribed due  date,  the  penalty  imposed  by  section
21    3-3(a) shall be abated.
22        (a-5)  This  subsection  (a-5) is applicable on and after
23    January 1, 1996. A penalty equal to 2% of the tax required to
24    be shown due on a return, up to a  maximum  amount  of  $250,
25    determined without regard to any part of the tax that is paid
26    on  time  or by any credit that was properly allowable on the
27    date the return was required to be filed,  shall  be  imposed
28    for  failure to file the tax return on or before the due date
29    prescribed  for  filing  determined  with  regard   for   any
30    extension  of  time for filing. However, if any return is not
31    filed within 30 days after notice of nonfiling mailed by  the
32    Department   to  the  last  known  address  of  the  taxpayer
33    contained in Department records, an additional penalty amount
34    shall be imposed equal to the greater of $250 or  2%  of  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -187-              LRB9002549THcd
 1    tax  shown  on  the  return.  However, the additional penalty
 2    amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without regard
 3    to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any  credit
 4    that  was  properly  allowable  on  the  date  the return was
 5    required to be filed (penalty for late filing or  nonfiling).
 6    If  any unprocessable return is corrected and filed within 30
 7    days after notice by  the  Department,  the  late  filing  or
 8    nonfiling  penalty  shall  not  apply.  If a penalty for late
 9    filing or nonfiling is imposed in addition to a  penalty  for
10    late  payment,  the total penalty due shall be the sum of the
11    late filing penalty and the applicable late payment  penalty.
12    In  the  case  of any type of tax return required to be filed
13    more frequently than annually, when the failure to  file  the
14    tax  return  on  or  before  the  date  prescribed for filing
15    (including any extensions) is shown to be  nonfraudulent  and
16    has  not  occurred  in  the 2 years immediately preceding the
17    failure to file on  the  prescribed  due  date,  the  penalty
18    imposed by section 3-3(a) shall be abated.
19        (b)  This  subsection  is  applicable  before  January 1,
20    1998. A penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or  the
21    tax  required  to be shown due on the return shall be imposed
22    for failure to pay:
23             (1)  the tax shown due on the return  on  or  before
24        the  due  date  prescribed  for  payment  of that tax, an
25        amount of underpayment of estimated  tax,  or  an  amount
26        that  is  reported  in  an  amended  return other than an
27        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
28        of Section 506 of the Illinois Income  Tax  Act  (penalty
29        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
30             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
31        due  on a return and which is not shown (penalty for late
32        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
33        days after a  notice  of  arithmetic  error,  notice  and
34        demand,   or   a   final  assessment  is  issued  by  the
HB0452 Enrolled             -188-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Department. In the case of  a  final  assessment  arising
 2        following  a protest and hearing, the 30-day period shall
 3        not begin until all proceedings in court  for  review  of
 4        the  final  assessment  have terminated or the period for
 5        obtaining a review has expired without proceedings for  a
 6        review  having  been instituted.  In the case of a notice
 7        of tax liability that becomes a final assessment  without
 8        a  protest  and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided in this
 9        paragraph (2) shall be imposed at the expiration  of  the
10        period provided for the filing of a protest.
11        (b-5)  This subsection is applicable on and after January
12    1,  1998.  A penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or
13    the tax required to be shown  due  on  the  return  shall  be
14    imposed for failure to pay:
15             (1)  the  tax  shown  due on the return on or before
16        the due date prescribed  for  payment  of  that  tax,  an
17        amount  of  underpayment  of  estimated tax, or an amount
18        that is reported in  an  amended  return  other  than  an
19        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
20        of  Section  506  of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty
21        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
22             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
23        due on a return and which is not shown (penalty for  late
24        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
25        days  after  a  notice  of  arithmetic  error, notice and
26        demand,  or  a  final  assessment  is   issued   by   the
27        Department.  In  the  case  of a final assessment arising
28        following a protest and hearing, the 30-day period  shall
29        not  begin  until  all proceedings in court for review of
30        the final assessment have terminated or  the  period  for
31        obtaining  a review has expired without proceedings for a
32        review having been instituted.  In the case of  a  notice
33        of  tax liability that becomes a final assessment without
34        a protest and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided  in  this
HB0452 Enrolled             -189-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        paragraph  (2)  shall be imposed at the expiration of the
 2        period provided for the filing of a protest.
 3        (c)  For purposes of  the  late  payment  penalties,  the
 4    basis of the penalty shall be the tax shown or required to be
 5    shown  on  a  return, whichever is applicable, reduced by any
 6    part of the tax which is paid on time and by any credit which
 7    was properly allowable on the date the return was required to
 8    be filed.
 9        (d)  A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be
10    shown even if that amount is less than the tax shown  on  the
11    return.
12        (e)  If both a subsection (b)(1) penalty and a subsection
13    (b)(2)  penalty  are  assessed  against  the same return, the
14    subsection (b)(2) penalty shall be assessed against only  the
15    additional tax found to be due.
16        (f)  If  the  taxpayer has failed to file the return, the
17    Department shall determine the correct tax according  to  its
18    best  judgment  and  information, which amount shall be prima
19    facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
20        (g)  The time within which to file a  return  or  pay  an
21    amount  of  tax  due without imposition of a penalty does not
22    extend the time within which to file a protest to a notice of
23    tax liability or a notice of deficiency.
24        (h)  No return shall be determined  to  be  unprocessable
25    because  of  the omission of any information requested on the
26    return pursuant to Section 39b53 of the Civil  Administrative
27    Code of Illinois.
28    (Source: P.A.  89-379,  eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff. 1-1-96;
29    90-491, eff. 1-1-98.)
30        Section 10-25.  The Riverboat Gambling Act is amended  by
31    changing Section 13 as follows:
32        (230 ILCS 10/13) (from Ch. 120, par. 2413)
HB0452 Enrolled             -190-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Sec. 13.  Wagering tax; rate; distribution.
 2        (a)  Until  January  1,  1998,  a  tax  is imposed on the
 3    adjusted  gross  receipts  received   from   gambling   games
 4    authorized under this Act at the rate of 20%.
 5        Beginning  January 1, 1998, a privilege tax is imposed on
 6    persons engaged  in  the  business  of  conducting  riverboat
 7    gambling  operations,  based  on  the adjusted gross receipts
 8    received by a licensed owner from gambling  games  authorized
 9    under this Act at the following rates:
10             15%  of  annual  adjusted  gross  receipts up to and
11        including $25,000,000;
12             20% of annual adjusted gross receipts in  excess  of
13        $25,000,000 but not exceeding $50,000,000;
14             25%  of  annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of
15        $50,000,000 but not exceeding $75,000,000;
16             30% of annual adjusted gross receipts in  excess  of
17        $75,000,000 but not exceeding $100,000,000;
18             35%  of  annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of
19        $100,000,000.
20        The taxes imposed by this Section shall be  paid  by  the
21    licensed  owner to the Board not later than 3:00 o'clock p.m.
22    of the day after the close of the day when  the  wagers  were
23    made.
24        (b)  Until  January 1, 1998, Twenty-five percent (25%) of
25    the tax revenue deposited in the State Gaming Fund under this
26    Section shall  be  paid,  subject  to  appropriation  by  the
27    General  Assembly,  to  the unit of local government which is
28    designated as the home  dock  of  the  riverboat.   Beginning
29    January  1, 1998, from the tax revenue deposited in the State
30    Gaming Fund under this Section, an  amount  equal  to  5%  of
31    adjusted  gross  receipts  generated  by a riverboat shall be
32    paid  monthly,  subject  to  appropriation  by  the   General
33    Assembly,  to the unit of local government that is designated
34    as the home dock of the riverboat.
HB0452 Enrolled             -191-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        (c)  Appropriations, as approved by the General Assembly,
 2    may be made from the State Gaming Fund to the  Department  of
 3    Revenue   and   the   Department  of  State  Police  for  the
 4    administration and enforcement of this Act.
 5        (d)  From time to time,  the  Board  shall  transfer  the
 6    remainder  of  the  funds  generated  by  this  Act  into the
 7    Education Assistance Fund, created by Public Act 86-0018,  of
 8    the State of Illinois.
 9        (e)  Nothing in this Act shall prohibit the unit of local
10    government  designated as the home dock of the riverboat from
11    entering into agreements with other units of local government
12    in this State or in other states to share its portion of  the
13    tax revenue.
14        (f)  To   the   extent   practicable,   the  Board  shall
15    administer and collect the wagering  taxes  imposed  by  this
16    Section  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  provisions  of
17    Sections 4, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5i, 5j, 6, 6a, 6b,
18    6c,  8,  9,  and  10 of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and
19    Section 3-7 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; 89-21, eff. 7-1-95.)
21                             ARTICLE 15
22        Section 15-5.  Short title.  This Article may be cited as
23    the General State Aid Continuing Appropriation Law.
24        Section  15-10.   Annual  budget;  recommendation.    The
25    Governor shall include a Common School Fund recommendation to
26    the  State Board of Education in the fiscal year 1999 through
27    2001 annual Budgets sufficient to fund the General State  Aid
28    Formula  set  forth  in  Subsection E (Computation of General
29    State Aid) and Subsection H (Supplemental General State  Aid)
30    of Section 18-8.05 of the School Code.
HB0452 Enrolled             -192-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        Section  15-15.  General State Aid Formula; Funding.  The
 2    General Assembly  shall  annually  make  Common  School  Fund
 3    appropriations  to  the  State  Board  of Education in fiscal
 4    years 1999 through 2001 sufficient to fund the General  State
 5    Aid Formula set forth in Subsection E (Computation of General
 6    State Aid)  and Subsection H (Supplemental General State Aid)
 7    of Section 18-8.05 of the School Code.
 8        Section 15-20.  Continuing appropriation.  If the General
 9    Assembly  fails  to make Common School Fund appropriations to
10    the State Board of Education in  fiscal  years  1999  through
11    2001  sufficient  to  fund  the General State Aid Formula set
12    forth in Subsection E (Computation of General State Aid)  and
13    Subsection  H  (Supplemental  General  State  Aid) of Section
14    18-8.05 of the School Code, this Article shall constitute  an
15    irrevocable  and  continuing  appropriation  from  the Common
16    School Fund of all amounts necessary for that purpose.
17        Section 15-25.  Repeal.  This Article  is  repealed  June
18    30, 2001.
19                             ARTICLE 925
20        Section 925-5.  No acceleration or delay.  Where this Act
21    makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by
22    text  that  is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a
23    Section represented by multiple versions), the  use  of  that
24    text  does  not  accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i)
25    the changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived  from
26    any other Public Act.
27                             ARTICLE 950
28        Section 950-5.  Severability and inseverability.
HB0452 Enrolled             -193-              LRB9002549THcd
 1        (a)  If any provision of this Act, other than Article 10,
 2    or the application of any provision of this Act, other than a
 3    provision  of  Article  10,  to any person or circumstance is
 4    held invalid, the invalidity of that provision or application
 5    does not affect other provisions or applications of this  Act
 6    that  can  be  given  effect without the invalid provision or
 7    application.
 8        (b)  Each provision of Article 10 is  mutually  dependent
 9    upon  and  inseverable  from  each  other  provision  of that
10    Article.  If any provision of Article 10 or  its  application
11    to  any  person  or circumstance is held invalid, then all of
12    Article 10 is invalid.
13        (c)  If Article 10 or any provision of  that  Article  or
14    the  application of that Article or provision of that Article
15    to any other person or  circumstance  is  held  invalid,  the
16    invalidity  of  that Article or provision does not affect any
17    other Article of this Act or any provision of any such  other
18    Article   that  can  be  given  effect  without  the  invalid
19    provision or application.
20                             ARTICLE 990
21        Section 990-5.  Effective date.  This  Act  takes  effect
22    upon  becoming law, except that (i) all provisions of Article
23    5, other than the  changes  made  by  Section  5-910  to  the
24    Illinois  Pension Code and other than the changes to Sections
25    18-7 and 18-8 of and the addition of Section 18-8.05  to  the
26    School  Code,  take  effect January 1, 1998, (ii) the changes
27    made by Section 5-910 to the Illinois Pension  Code  and  the
28    changes  to  Sections  18-7  and 18-8 of the School Code take
29    effect upon becoming a law, and (iii) the addition of Section
30    18-8.05 to the School Code takes effect July 1, 1998.

[ Top ]